Fire Alarm Resources | Download fire alarm documents
Instruction Manual for NOTIFIER models including: AFP-300, AFP-400, AFP-400 Analog Fire Panel, Analog Fire Panel, Fire Panel
Notifier AFP-300-AFP-400 Analog Fire Panel Installation - Fire Alarm Resources - Free fire alarm PDF manuals, documents, installation instructions, and technical specifications
File Info : application/pdf, 207 Pages, 9.74MB
DocumentDocument12 Clintonville Road Northford, CT 06472 (203) 484-7161 (203) 484-7118 (Fax)
Installation Manual
www.PDF-Zoo.com
C
firealarmresources.com
Installation Precautions - Adherence to the following will aid in problem-free installation with long-term reliability:
WARNING - Several different sources of power can be connected to the fire alarm control panel. Disconnect all sources of power before servicing. Control unit and associated equipment may be damaged by removing and/or inserting cards, modules, or interconnecting cables while the unit is energized. Do not attempt to install, service, or operate this unit until this manual is read and understood.
CAUTION - System Reacceptance Test after Software Changes: To ensure proper system operation, this product must be tested in accordance with NFPA 721993 Chapter 7 after any programming operation or change in site-specific software. Reacceptance testing is required after any change, addition or deletion of system components, or after any modification, repair or adjustment to system hardware or wiring.
All components, circuits, system operations, or software functions known to be affected by a change must be 100% tested. In addition, to ensure that other operations are not inadvertently affected, at least 10% of initiating devices that are not directly affected by the change, up to a maximum of 50 devices, must also be tested and proper system operation verified.
Like all solid state electronic devices, this system may operate erratically or can be damaged when subjected to lightning induced transients. Although no system is completely immune from lightning transients and interferences, proper grounding will reduce susceptibility. Overhead or outside aerial wiring is not recommended, due to an increased susceptibility to nearby lightning strikes. Consult with the Technical Services Department if any problems are anticipated or encountered.
Disconnect AC power and batteries prior to removing or inserting circuit boards. Failure to do so can damage circuits.
Remove all electronic assemblies prior to any drilling, filing, reaming, or punching of the enclosure. When possible, make all cable entries from the sides or rear. Before making modifications, verify that they will not interfere with battery, transformer, and printed circuit board location.
Do not tighten screw terminals more than 9 in-lbs. Over tightening may damage threads, resulting in reduced terminal contact pressure and difficulty with screw terminal removal.
This system meets NFPA requirements for operation at 0-49O C/32-120O F and at a relative humidity of 85% RH (non-condensing) at 30O C/86O F. However, the useful life of the system's standby batteries and the electronic components may be adversely affected by extreme temperature ranges and humidity. Therefore, it is recommended that this system and its peripherals be installed in an environment with a nominal room temperature of 15-27O C/60-80O F.
Verify that wire sizes are adequate for all initiating and indicating device loops. Most devices cannot tolerate more than a 10% I.R. drop from the specified device voltage.
This system contains static-sensitive components. Always ground yourself with a proper wrist strap before handling any circuits so that static charges are removed from the body. Use static suppressive packaging to protect electronic assemblies removed from the unit.
Follow the instructions in the installation, operating, and programming manuals. These instructions must be followed to avoid damage to the control panel and associated equipment. FACP operation and reliability depend upon proper installation.
Fire Alarm System Limitations While installing a fire alarm system may make lower insurance rates possible, it is not a substitute for fire insurance!
An automatic fire alarm system - typically made up of smoke detectors, heat detectors, manual pull stations, audible warning devices, and a fire alarm control with remote notification capability can provide early warning of a developing fire. Such a system, however, does not assure protection against property damage or loss of life resulting from a fire.
Any fire alarm system may fail for a variety of reasons:
Smoke detectors may not sense fire where smoke cannot reach the detectors such as in chimneys, in walls, or roofs, or on the other side of closed doors. Smoke detectors also may not sense a fire on another level or floor of a building. A second floor detector, for example, may not sense a first floor or basement fire. Furthermore, all types of smoke detectors - both ionization and photoelectric types, have sensing limitations. No type of smoke detector can sense every kind of fire caused by carelessness and safety hazards like smoking in bed, violent explosions, escaping gas, improper storage of flammable materials, overloaded electrical circuits, children playing with matches, or arson.
IMPORTANT! Smoke detectors must be installed in the same room as the control panel and in rooms used by the system for the connection of alarm transmission wiring, communications, signaling, and/or power. If detectors are not so located, a developing fire may damage the alarm system, crippling its ability to report a fire.
Audible warning devices such as bells may not alert people if these devices are located on the other side of closed or partly open doors or are located on another floor of a building.
A fire alarm system will not operate without any electrical power. If AC power fails, the system will operate from standby batteries only for a specified time.
Rate-of-Rise heat detectors may be subject to reduced sensitivity over time. For this reason, the rate-of-rise feature of each detector should be tested at least once per year by a qualified fire protection specialist.
Equipment used in the system may not be technically compatible with the control. It is essential to use only equipment listed for service with your control panel.
Telephone lines needed to transmit alarm signals from a premise to a central monitoring station may be out of service or temporarily disabled.
The most common cause of fire alarm malfunctions, however, is inadequate maintenance. All devices and system wiring should be tested and maintained by professional fire alarm installers following written procedures supplied with each device. System inspection and testing should be scheduled monthly or as required by National and/or local fire codes. Adequate written records of all inspections should be kept.
FCC Warning
WARNING: This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause interference to radio communications. It has been tested and found to comply with the limits for class A computing device pursuant to Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC Rules, which is designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference when operated in a commercial environment. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause interference, in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.
Canadian Requirements This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class A limits for radiation noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications.
Le present appareil numerique n'emet pas de bruits radioelectriques depassant les limites applicables aux appareils numeriques de la classe A prescrites dans le Reglement sur le brouillage radioelectrique edicte par le ministere des Communications du Canada.
Technical Publishing
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
Document PRECAULG.PM6 12/31/96
Introduction ..............................................................................................................1-1 About this Manual..................................................................................................1-1 Description .............................................................................................................1-1 Standard Features and Options...............................................................................1-2 System Limitations.................................................................................................1-2 AFP-300 System Diagram .....................................................................................1-3 AFP-400 System Diagram .....................................................................................1-4
Specifications............................................................................................................. 1-5 Overview ................................................................................................................1-5 AC Power ...............................................................................................................1-5 Battery (sealed lead-acid only)...............................................................................1-5 Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) Loop........................................................................1-5 Notification Appliance and Releasing Circuits (MPS-400 ICM-4, ICE-4) ...........1-6 Relays .....................................................................................................................1-6 Four-wire Smoke Detector Power..........................................................................1-6 Power Outputs ........................................................................................................1-7 Operating Power.....................................................................................................1-7 AC Branch Circuit .............................................................................................1-7 Secondary Power Source (Batteries) .................................................................1-7
System Components .................................................................................................1-8 Basic Equipment Packages ....................................................................................1-8 CPU ........................................................................................................................1-8 Power Supplies.......................................................................................................1-9 Audio Amplifiers .................................................................................................1-10 Transformer Assembly and MPS-400PCA ..........................................................1-10 Battery Boxes .......................................................................................................1-10
Optional Devices .....................................................................................................1-11
Intelligent Detectors ...............................................................................................1-12 Overview ..............................................................................................................1-12 Detector Descriptions...........................................................................................1-12
Addressable Modules .............................................................................................1-13 Overview ..............................................................................................................1-13 Module Descriptions ............................................................................................1-13
End-of-Line Devices ...............................................................................................1-14
Annunciation Modules ...........................................................................................1-15 Overview ..............................................................................................................1-15 LDM Series Lamp Driver Modules .....................................................................1-15 Annunciator Control System (ACS) ....................................................................1-16 Annunciator Fixed Modules.................................................................................1-16
Peripheral Displays and Printers ..........................................................................1-17 Overview ..............................................................................................................1-17 LCD-80 Display ...................................................................................................1-17 PRN-4 Remote Printer .........................................................................................1-17 Keltron Remote Printer (Model VS4095) ............................................................1-17 CRT-2 Terminal ...................................................................................................1-17
Notification Circuit and Control Modules ...........................................................1-18 Overview ..............................................................................................................1-18 Descriptions of Modules ......................................................................................1-18
Voice Alarm Equipment ........................................................................................1-19 Overview ..............................................................................................................1-19 Audio Message Generator (AMG-1) ...................................................................1-19
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
iii
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
iv
www.PDF-Zoo.com
2. Installation
Audio Tone Generator (ATG-2) ..........................................................................1-19 Fire Fighters Telephone FFT-7/FFT-7S...............................................................1-19 Voice Control Module (VCM-4) .........................................................................1-19 Dual Channel Module (DCM-4) ..........................................................................1-19 Cabinet Hardware ..................................................................................................1-20 Cabinet Overview.................................................................................................1-20 CHS-4M Chassis/Dress Panel Assembly.............................................................1-20 CHS-4L Chassis ...................................................................................................1-20 CAB-X3 Series Cabinets......................................................................................1-21
Overview .......................................................................................................... 1-21 CAB-A3 ...........................................................................................................1-21 CAB-B3 ...........................................................................................................1-21 CAB-C3 ...........................................................................................................1-22 CAB-D3 ...........................................................................................................1-22 CAB-400AA Cabinets .........................................................................................1-23 CAB-400AA Overview ...................................................................................1-23 CAB-400AA Limitations.................................................................................1-23 CAB-400AA Dimensions ................................................................................1-23
Preparing for Installation ........................................................................................2-1 Installation Checklist................................................................................................2-2 Installing a Cabinet Door.........................................................................................2-4
Cabinet Door Mounting Guidelines .......................................................................2-4 How to Install a Cabinet Door (CAB-X3 only) .....................................................2-4 Installing the Door Alignment Tabs.......................................................................2-5 Installing a Chassis (CAB-X3 Series Cabinets) .....................................................2-6 Overview ................................................................................................................2-6 Installing a CHS-4 Chassis.....................................................................................2-6 Installing a CHS-4L Chassis ..................................................................................2-6 Mounting a Backbox (SBB-X3 and CAB-400AA) .................................................2-7 Mounting an MPS-400 Power Supply ....................................................................2-8 Mounting an MPS-400 into a CAB-X3 Cabinet ....................................................2-8 Mounting an MPS-400 into a CAB-400AA...........................................................2-9 Mounting an Optional AVPS-24 Power Supply ..................................................2-10 Overview ..............................................................................................................2-10 Installation ............................................................................................................ 2-10 Installing an Auxiliary Relay Module (ARM-4)..................................................2-11 Overview ..............................................................................................................2-11 Mounting the ARM-4 Module to a CHS-4 Chassis .............................................2-11 Wiring the ARM-4 Module..................................................................................2-12 Connecting the MPS-400 Power Cables ...............................................................2-13 MPS-400 Electrical Connections .........................................................................2-13 Connecting the MPS-400 to AC Power (TB1) ....................................................2-13 Connecting the Batteries (MPS-400, TB1-6, TB1-7) ..........................................2-13
Connecting Four-Wire Smoke Detector 24 VDC Power (MPS-400, TB2).....2-14 Notification Appliance Power (24 VDC) ........................................................2-14 Annunciator Power (24 VDC) .........................................................................2-14 System Harness Connections...........................................................................2-14 System Power Connections .............................................................................2-14 Installing Expander Row Ribbon Cables for Panel Modules.............................2-15 Installing Row Ribbon Cables for CAB-B3, CAB-C3, and CAB-D3 Cabinets ..2-15 Installing Row Ribbon Cables for CAB-C3 and CAB-D3 Cabinets ...................2-16 Installing Row Ribbon Cables for a CAB-400AA Cabinet .................................2-17 Installing the CPU ..................................................................................................2-18 Installing the CPU into a Chassis.........................................................................2-18
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
2. Installation
Connecting the CPU to the MPS-400 ..................................................................2-19
Mounting Expander Modules (CRE-4, ICE-4, VCE-4) ......................................2-20
Mounting Panel Modules (CRM-4, ICM-4, VCM-4) onto a Chassis................2-21
Installing a 4XTM Module (Remote Station Fire Alarm) ..................................2-22 Mounting the Module...........................................................................................2-22 4XTM Electrical Requirements ...........................................................................2-22 Connecting the 4XTM Module ............................................................................2-23
Installing a UZC-256 Module ................................................................................2-24 Overview .......................................................................................................... 2-24 CAB-X3 Installation ........................................................................................2-24 CAB-400AA Installation .................................................................................2-24
Field-Wiring the Modules......................................................................................2-25 Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) Wiring ....................................................2-25 MPS-400/ICM-4 NAC Configurations ................................................................2-25 Typical Power Supply/Notification Appliance Circuit Configurations...........2-25 AVPS-24/ICM-4 NAC Configurations ..........................................................2-26 Field-Wiring an ICM-4 and an ICE-4 (NFPA Style Y and Z).............................2-27 Field-Wiring a CRM-4 and the CRE-4 ................................................................2-28 CRM-4 and CRE-4 Wiring Guidelines............................................................2-28 CRM-4 and CRE-4 Connections .....................................................................2-28 Field Wiring an Optional AVPS-24 Power Supply .............................................2-29 AVPS-24 Wiring Overview.............................................................................2-29 AVPS-24 Wiring Diagrams .............................................................................2-29 Field Wiring Four-Wire Smoke Detectors (Style B and Style D) .......................2-30 Field Wiring Overview ....................................................................................2-30 Field Wiring (Style D) .....................................................................................2-30 Field Wiring (Style B) .....................................................................................2-30 Field Wiring the Auxiliary Relay Module (ARM-4) ...........................................2-31 Overview .......................................................................................................... 2-31 ARM-4 Terminal Assignments........................................................................2-31 Field Wiring the MPS-400 Power Supply ...........................................................2-32 MPS-400 Board ...............................................................................................2-32 DC Power Output Connections (MPS-400).....................................................2-33 AC and Battery Power Connections (MPS-400 ..............................................2-33 Wiring MPS-400 Output Circuits ....................................................................2-34
Installing Remote Printers and CRTs ..................................................................2-35 Remote Printers ....................................................................................................2-35 Setting PRN-4 Options.........................................................................................2-35 Installing a PRN-4 Remote Printer ..................................................................2-36 Installing a Keltron Printer ..............................................................................2-37 Setting up the Keltron Printer ..........................................................................2-37 Installing a CRT-2................................................................................................2-38 Connecting Multiple Printers, CRTs, or CRT/PRN Combination.......................2-38
Wiring a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) ................................................................2-39 Overview of SLC Wiring .....................................................................................2-39 SLC Devices.........................................................................................................2-40 Control Panel Capacity ........................................................................................2-40 SLC Performance .................................................................................................2-41 SLC Shield Termination ......................................................................................2-42 Wire Requirements for a Two-Wire SLC ............................................................2-43 Measuring Loop Resistance for a Two-Wire SLC ..........................................2-43 Measuring Total Wire Length for a Two-wire SLC ........................................2-43 Wire Requirements for a Four-Wire SLC ............................................................2-45 Measuring Loop Resistance for a Four-Wire SLC ..........................................2-45 Measuring Total Wire Length for a Four-wire SLC........................................2-45 Style 6 Wiring Overview .................................................................................2-46
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
v
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
3. Testing the System
Style 6 Wiring Diagram ...................................................................................2-46 Style 7 Wiring Overview .................................................................................2-47 Style 7 Wiring Diagram ...................................................................................2-47 Wiring an Isolator Module (ISO-X).....................................................................2-48 ISO-X Overview ..............................................................................................2-48 Isolating a Branch of a Two-Wire SLC ...........................................................2-48 Wiring an IDC with MMX Modules....................................................................2-49 Overview of Monitor Modules (MMX Series)................................................2-49 Wiring an MMX Module .................................................................................2-49 Wiring an NFPA Style B IDC with MMX-1s ................................................2-50 Wiring an NFPA Style B IDC with MMX-2s ................................................2-51 Wiring an NFPA Style B IDC with MMX-1s ...............................................2-52 Wiring a NFPA Style D IDC with MMX-2 Modules......................................2-53 Wiring a Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) or Control Circuit ....................2-54 CMX Module Overview ..................................................................................2-54 Testing a CMX Module ...................................................................................2-54 Installing a CMX Module as a Form-C Relay .................................................2-55 SLC Wiring with CMX Modules .........................................................................2-55 Style Y NAC Circuits (Two-Wire) ..................................................................2-56 Wiring Diagram and Instructions.....................................................................2-56 Style Z NAC ....................................................................................................2-57 Style Z NAC Circuits (Method 1 MPS-400 powers CMX)..........................2-58 Style Z NAC Circuits (Method 2 MPS-400 powers CMX)..........................2-59 SLC Wiring with an Intelligent Detector .............................................................2-60 Overview for Wiring Intelligent Detectors ......................................................2-60 Wiring a BX-501 Detector to an SLC Loop ....................................................2-60 SLC Wiring with a BX-101L Addressable Manual Pull Station .........................2-61 BX-101L Overview .........................................................................................2-61 BX-101L Wiring Connections.........................................................................2-61
Acceptance Test ........................................................................................................3-1
Periodic Testing and Service ...................................................................................3-1
Operational Checks ..................................................................................................3-1
Battery Checks and Maintenance ...........................................................................3-2
Section Overview ......................................................................................................4-1
Installing an AMG ....................................................................................................4-2 Configuring the AMG........................................................................................4-4 AMG-1 and AMG-E Tone/Message Selections (SW2=Off).............................4-5 AMG-1 and AMG-E Tone/Message Selections (SW2=On) .............................4-6 ATG-2 Terminal Connections ...........................................................................4-7
Installing a Fire Fighter's Telephone (FFT-7 and FFT-7S) .................................4-8 Overview ................................................................................................................4-8 Mounting an FFT-7/FFT-7S ..................................................................................4-8 Connecting an FFT-7/FFT-7S................................................................................4-9
Installing Audio Amplifiers (AA-30/AA-100/AA-120) ........................................4-10 Installing an AA-30..............................................................................................4-10 Overview .......................................................................................................... 4-10 Mounting an AA-30.........................................................................................4-10 AA-30 Terminals and Connectors ...................................................................4-11 Installing an AA-100/AA-120..............................................................................4-12 Overview .......................................................................................................... 4-12 Mounting an AA-100/AA-120.........................................................................4-12 AA-100/AA-120 Terminals and Connectors ...................................................4-13 Installing a Backup Amplifier ..............................................................................4-14
vi
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
4. Voice Alarm System
Overview .......................................................................................................... 4-14 Typical Installation Drawing ...........................................................................4-14
Voice Alarm Modules.............................................................................................4-15 Overview ..............................................................................................................4-15 Module Descriptions ............................................................................................4-15 Connecting VCM-4 Speaker Circuits ..................................................................4-16 Overview .......................................................................................................... 4-16 VCM-4 Speaker Wiring Diagram....................................................................4-16 Connecting VCM-4 Telephone Circuits ..............................................................4-17 Wiring Diagram ...............................................................................................4-17 Setting the VCM-4 to Speaker or Telephone Mode ........................................4-18 Connecting a CMX-2 Module to Speaker Circuits..........................................4-18 Connecting Dual Channel Module Circuits .........................................................4-19 Wiring Notes....................................................................................................4-19 Wiring Diagram ...............................................................................................4-19
Voice System Configurations.................................................................................4-20 Voice Systems Wiring Overview.........................................................................4-20 Internal Power Distribution..................................................................................4-21 Wiring Diagram ...............................................................................................4-21 Block Diagram .................................................................................................4-21 CPU EIA-485 Connections ..................................................................................4-22 Wiring Diagram ...............................................................................................4-22 Block Diagram .................................................................................................4-22 Wiring an Audio Signal without a Backup Amplifier .........................................4-23 Wiring Notes....................................................................................................4-23 Typical Wiring Diagram ..................................................................................4-23 Block Diagram .................................................................................................4-23 Audio Signal Wiring Using a Backup Amplifier .................................................4-24 Wiring Notes....................................................................................................4-24 Wiring Diagram ...............................................................................................4-24 Block Diagrams ...............................................................................................4-24 CPU-400 Trouble Bus Connections.....................................................................4-25 Wiring Notes....................................................................................................4-25 Wiring Diagram ...............................................................................................4-25 Block Diagram .................................................................................................4-25
Wiring Speaker Circuits ........................................................................................4-26 Wiring Speaker Circuit Overview........................................................................4-26 30 Watt/Four and Eight Speaker Circuits ............................................................4-27 Wiring Notes....................................................................................................4-27 Wiring Four Speakers ......................................................................................4-27 Wiring Eight Speakers .....................................................................................4-27 120 Watt/Four and Eight Speaker Circuits ..........................................................4-28 Wiring Notes....................................................................................................4-28 Wiring Four Speakers ......................................................................................4-28 Wiring Four Speakers ......................................................................................4-28 90 Watt/Eight Speaker Circuit Configuration......................................................4-29 Wiring Notes....................................................................................................4-29 Wiring Diagram ...............................................................................................4-29 240 Watt/Eight Speaker Circuit ...........................................................................4-30 Wiring Notes....................................................................................................4-30 Wiring Diagram ...............................................................................................4-30 180 Watt/Eight Speaker Circuit Configuration....................................................4-31 Wiring Notes....................................................................................................4-31 Wiring Diagram ...............................................................................................4-31 30 Watt Dual-Channel Configuration ..................................................................4-32 Wiring Notes....................................................................................................4-32
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
vii
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
!!
viii
www.PDF-Zoo.com
5. Applications
Wiring Diagram ...............................................................................................4-32 120 Watt Dual-Channel Configuration (Four AA-30s) .......................................4-33
Wiring Notes....................................................................................................4-33 Wiring Diagram ...............................................................................................4-33 120 Watt Dual-Channel Configuration (Two AA-120s) .....................................4-34 Wiring Notes....................................................................................................4-34 Wiring Diagram ...............................................................................................4-34 Voice Message Options (VROM and VRAM) .....................................................4-35 Overview of VROM and VRAM .........................................................................4-35 Installing VROM and VRAM ..............................................................................4-35 ACT-1 Audio Coupling Transformer ...................................................................4-36 ACT-1 Overview..................................................................................................4-36 Isolating Power Supplies......................................................................................4-36 ACT-1 Installation ...............................................................................................4-37 Installation Notes .............................................................................................4-37 Installation Diagram ........................................................................................4-37 Connecting the ACT-1.....................................................................................4-37
Applications Overview .............................................................................................5-1 Central or Remote Station Fire Alarm System .....................................................5-2
Installation .............................................................................................................. 5-2 Wiring Diagram .....................................................................................................5-2 Auxiliary Fire Alarm System ..................................................................................5-3 Overview ................................................................................................................5-3 Wiring Diagram .....................................................................................................5-3 NFPA 72-1993 Remote Station Fire Alarm System ..............................................5-4 Overview ................................................................................................................5-4 Wiring Diagram .....................................................................................................5-4 NFPA 72-1993 Proprietary Fire Alarm Systems ...................................................5-5 Overview ................................................................................................................5-5 Wiring Diagram .....................................................................................................5-5 Network Interface Board (NIB-96).........................................................................5-6 NIB-96 Overview...................................................................................................5-6 NIB-96 Assembly...................................................................................................5-6 NIB-96 SLC and EIA-485 Connections ................................................................5-7 Wiring Specifications.............................................................................................5-7 Using the XP Transponder with the AFP-300/AFP-400 .......................................5-8 XP Transponder Overview.....................................................................................5-8 Wiring Diagram .....................................................................................................5-8 Combination Fire/Security Applications................................................................5-9 Overview ................................................................................................................5-9 General Operation ..................................................................................................5-9 Installing a Security Tamper Switch ......................................................................5-9
Installing a Security Tamper Switch into the CAB-400AA .............................5-9 Installing a Security Tamper Switch into the CAB-X3 ...................................5-10 Receiving Unit .....................................................................................................5-10 Programming ........................................................................................................ 5-10 Wiring for Proprietary Security Alarm Applications...........................................5-11 Universal Zone Coder (UZC-256).........................................................................5-12 UZC-256 Description...........................................................................................5-12 UZC-256 Connectors and Indicators ...................................................................5-12 NAC and EIA-485 Power Connections ...............................................................5-13 Installing the UZC-256 ........................................................................................5-14 Overview .......................................................................................................... 5-14 CAB-X3 Installation ........................................................................................5-14
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
CAB-400AA Installation .................................................................................5-14 UZC-256 Electrical Connections .........................................................................5-15 Wiring Diagram ...................................................................................................5-15 Wiring 12 Zone-Coded NACs .............................................................................5-16 Wiring 20 Zone-Coded NACs .............................................................................5-17
Releasing Applications ...........................................................................................5-18 Overview ..............................................................................................................5-18 Programming Releasing Applications..................................................................5-18 Wiring for Releasing Applications.......................................................................5-18 Connecting a Releasing Device to the MPS-400 .................................................5-19 Overview .......................................................................................................... 5-19 Typical Connections ........................................................................................5-19 Connecting a Releasing Device to an ICM-4/ICE-4 Module ..............................5-20 Overview .......................................................................................................... 5-20 Typical Connections ........................................................................................5-20 Connecting a Releasing Device to a CMX Module .............................................5-21 Overview .......................................................................................................... 5-21 Typical Connections ........................................................................................5-21 Connecting an N-ARA-10 Agent Release-Abort Station ....................................5-22 Overview .......................................................................................................... 5-22 Typical Connections ........................................................................................5-22 Installing a Combination Waterflow/Supervisory Valve Monitor.......................5-23 Overview .......................................................................................................... 5-23 Typical Connections ........................................................................................5-23
!!
"#$
%
Overview................................................................................................................... A-1
Annunciator Interfaces ........................................................................................... A-1 Terminal Mode (LCD-80)..................................................................................... A-1 ACS Mode............................................................................................................. A-1
Annunciator Selection Groups ............................................................................... A-2 Overview ............................................................................................................... A-2 ACS Annunciator Selection Group 2 .................................................................... A-4 ACS Annunciator Selection Group 3 .................................................................... A-5 ACS Annunciator Selection Group 4 (AFP-400 only) ......................................... A-6 ACS Annunciator Selection Group 5 .................................................................... A-7 ACS Annunciator Selection Group 6 .................................................................... A-8 ACS Annunciator Selection Group 7 (AFP-400 only) ......................................... A-9 ACS Annunciator Selection Group 8 .................................................................. A-10 ACS Annunciator Selection Group 9 .................................................................. A-11
Connecting Annunciators ..................................................................................... A-12 Overview ............................................................................................................. A-12 LCD-80 Terminal Mode EIA-485 Connection (CPU, TB3) .............................. A-13 Connection Guidelines.................................................................................... A-13 Connecting LCD-80s in Terminal Mode ........................................................ A-13 LCD-80 ACS Mode EIA-485 Connection (CPU, TB4) ..................................... A-14 Connection Guidelines.................................................................................... A-14 Connecting LCD-80s in ACS Mode .............................................................. A-14 Powering ACS-, ACM-, and LCD-type Annunciators ....................................... A-15 Overview......................................................................................................... A-15 Power Connections for LCD and ACS Annunciators..................................... A-15 Power Connections for LCD-80s.................................................................... A-15 ACS and LDM Series EIA-485 Connection ....................................................... A-16 Connection Guidelines.................................................................................... A-16 ACS and LDM Series EIA-485 Connections ................................................. A-16
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
ix
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
!!
"#&$'()%
!!
"# $ !*)%!
!!
"#+$ (,
%
Overview ............................................................................................................... D-1 Setting CRT-2 Parameters..................................................................................... D-1 Uploading or Downloading the Operating Program ............................................. D-2
!!
"#*$
-
General Description................................................................................................. E-1
Operating Modes ..................................................................................................... E-1 Local Terminal Mode (LocT) ............................................................................... E-1 Local Monitor Mode (LocM)............................................................................ E-2 Remote Terminal Mode (RemT) ...................................................................... E-3
Using the CRT-2 for Read Status........................................................................... E-4 Overview ............................................................................................................... E-4 Accessing Read Status Options............................................................................. E-4 Read Point ............................................................................................................. E-5 Display Devices in Alarm or Trouble ................................................................... E-5 Display the Status of all Programmed Points........................................................ E-5 View the History Buffer........................................................................................ E-6 Send the History Buffer to the CRT-2 .................................................................. E-6
Using the CRT-2 for Alter Status........................................................................... E-7 Overview ............................................................................................................... E-7 Accessing Alter Status Options............................................................................. E-7 Enable or Disable Detectors, Modules, or Panel Circuits ..................................... E-8 Change Alarm and Pre-Alarm levels .................................................................... E-9 Clear the Verification Counter .............................................................................. E-9 Clear the Entire History Buffer ............................................................................. E-9 Set the Pre-Alarm for Alert or Action................................................................... E-9
!!
"#.$/0-,"'
()%
Overview................................................................................................................... F-1
Power-limited Modules and Circuits ..................................................................... F-1 UL Power-limited Wiring Requirements ...............................................................F-2 Power Supply Wiring .............................................................................................F-3
!!
"#1$-%!! %
Overview................................................................................................................... G-1
Calculating AC Branch Circuit Current ............................................................... G-1 Calculating the System Current Draws................................................................. G-1
How to Use Table G-2 .......................................................................................... G-2 Calculating the Maximum Secondary Power Fire Alarm Current Draw .............. G-4
Calculating the Battery Requirements .................................................................. G-5 Calculating the Battery Capacity .......................................................................... G-5 Calculating the Battery Size.................................................................................. G-5
x
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Standards and Other Documents
""
"+%
This Fire Alarm Control
NFPA 12 CO2 Extinguishing Systems
Panel complies with the fol- NFPA 12A Halon 1301 Extinguishing Systems
lowing NFPA standards:
NFPA 12B Halon 1211 Extinguishing Systems
NFPA 13 Sprinkler Systems
NFPA 15 Water Spray Systems
NFPA 16 Foam/Water Deluge and Foam/Water Spray Systems
NFPA 17 Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems
NFPA 17A Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems
NFPA 72-1993 Central Station Fire Alarm Systems (Automatic, Manual and Water-
flow) Protected Premises Unit (requires Notifier UDACT).
NFPA 72-1993 Local (Automatic, Manual, Waterflow and Sprinkler Supervisory) Fire
Alarm Systems.
NFPA 72-1993 Auxiliary (Automatic, Manual and Waterflow) Fire Alarm Systems
(requires 4XTM).
NFPA 72-1993 Remote Station (Automatic, Manual and Waterflow) Fire Alarm Sys-
tems (requires 4XTM or NOTI-FIRE 911A DACT).
NFPA 72-1993 Proprietary (Automatic, Manual and Waterflow) Fire Alarm Systems
(Protected Premises Unit).
NFPA 2001 Clean Agent Fire Extinquishing Systems
The installer should be famil-
iar with the following docu- NFPA 72-1993 Initiating Devices for Fire Alarm Systems
ments and standards:
NFPA 72-1993 Inspection, Testing and Maintenance for Fire Alarm Systems
NFPA 72-1993 Notification Appliances for Fire Alarm Systems
UL 38 Manually Actuated Signaling Boxes UL 217 Smoke Detectors, Single and Multiple Station UL 228 Door Closers - Holders for Fire Protective Signaling Systems UL 268 Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems UL 268A Smoke Detectors for Duct Applications UL 346 Waterflow Indicators for Fire Protective Signaling Systems UL 464 Audible Signaling Appliances UL 521 Heat Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems UL 864 Standard for Control Units for Fire Protective Signaling Systems UL 1481 Power Supplies for Fire Protective Signaling Systems UL 1971 Visual Signaling Appliances UL 1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Systems
Standard CAN/ULC-S527-M87
EIA-485 and EIA-232 Serial Interface Standards NEC Article 300 Wiring Methods NEC Article 760 Fire Protective Signaling Systems Applicable Local and State Building Codes Requirements of the Local Authority Having Jurisdiction
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
xi
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
Document Title
Document Number
The LDM Series Annunciator
15885
The LCD-80 Liquid Crystal Display
15037
The Device Compatibility Document The NIB-96 Network Interface Board The ACM-8R Annunciator Control Module
15378 15666 15342
The ACS Series Annunciators
15843
AFP-300/AFP-400 Operations Manual AFP-300/AFP-400 Programming Manual AFP-300/AFP-400 Basic System Connections The AFM-16A Annunciator
50260 50259 50683 15207
The AM2020/AFP1010 Manual
15088
Veri-Fire 400 Product Installation Document
50376
The UDACT Manual
50050
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
xii
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
6\VWHP2YHUYLHZ
,QWURGXFWLRQ
1RWH 7KURXJKRXW WKLV PDQXDO FRQWURO SDQHO UHIHUV WR DQ $)3$)3 FRQWURO SDQHO DQG &38 UHIHUV WR D &38 RU &38
$ERXWWKLV0DQXDO
This manual contains information for designing, installing, and testing the AFP-300/ AFP-400 Fire Alarm Control Panel and fire alarm system components. Table 1-1 contains a list of document sources for supplemental information:
For information on...
Refer to...
Part Number
All features Programming Operation Compatible Devices System Connections
AFP-300/AFP-400 Data Sheet AFP-300/AFP-400 Programming Manual AFP-300/AFP-400 Operations Manual Device Compatibility Document AFP-300/AFP-400 Basic System Drawing
DN-5262 50259 50260 15378 50683
$)3 $)3
Table 1-1 Supplemental Documentation
'HVFULSWLRQ
The AFP-300 and AFP-400 control panels are modular, intelligent fire alarm control panels (FACP) with an extensive list of powerful features. The CPU module, power supply module, mounting chassis, and cabinet combine to create a complete fire alarm control system with Notifier's VIEWTM early warning fire detection and optional voice and telephone, advanced networking. Optional modules mount to the chassis to provide additional output circuits. This manual covers the AFP-300 and the AFP-400 control panels, described as follows:
!
An intelligent fire alarm control panel with a capacity for installing up to 464 intelligent, addressable devices (198 analog detectors and 198 monitor/control modules, and up to 68 internal circuits/relays). Five cabinet options for the AFP-400 (CAB-400AA, CAB-A3, CAB-B3, CAB-C3, or CAB-D3) for enclosing system components.
!
A cost-effective, compact, intelligent fire alarm control panel with a capacity of 266 points (99 intelligent detectors, 99 monitor/control modules, and up to 68 internal circuits/relays) using one Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) loop. The AFP-300 mounts into a CAB-400AA cabinet and provides the same features as the AFP-400, including voice and telephone, advanced networking, and Notifier's VIEWTM early warning fire detection.
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
1-1
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
6\VWHP 2YHUYLHZ
Introduction
6WDQGDUG)HDWXUHVDQG2SWLRQV
Control panel features and options that affect installation include:
· Four Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) bell circuits standard, expandable to 68 total (Class A or B).
· EIA-485 connections for wiring ACS annunciators (including LDM custom graphic annunciators).
· Optional modules include: 4XTM transmitter, UDACT Universal Digital Alarm Communicator/Transmitter, ACM-8R remote relay module to increase point capacity, and audio and voice components.
· Autoprogram feature for faster programming of new devices. · Optional LCD-80 allows monitoring the system--up to 6,000 feet from the control
panel. The control panel provides 6.0 amps of usable output power (standard).
6\VWHP/LPLWDWLRQV
System expansion must comply with:
1. The physical limitations of the cabinet configuration.
2. The electrical limitations of the system power supply, including auxiliary power supplies used for notification appliances.
3. The capacity of the Secondary Power Source (standby batteries).
Refer to System Components, for descriptions of the various optional modules. Refer to Section 2, Installation for installation information.
1-2
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Introduction
6\VWHP 2YHUYLHZ
$)36\VWHP'LDJUDP
Figure 1-1 shows an AFP-300 system installed in a CAB-400AA with a voice alarm system and a full complement of installed devices
)LJXUH $)3 6\VWHP 'LDJUDP
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
1-3
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
6\VWHP 2YHUYLHZ
Introduction
$)36\VWHP'LDJUDP
Figure 1-2 shows an AFP-400 system installed in a CAB-C3 with a voice alarm system and a full complement of installed devices.
8S WR /&' 5HPRWH 'LVSOD\&RQWURO
56
8S WR IXOO\ SURJUDPPDEOH RXWSXW FLUFXLWV
6/& ,QWHOOLJHQW /RRS
6'; &3;
)';
'HYLFHV %*;/ 00;
&0;
6/& ,QWHOOLJHQW /RRS
'HYLFHV
6'; &3; )';
%*;/ 00; &0;
$&6 56
,'&
1$&
DQQXQFLDWRU FRQWURO SRLQWV
;3 7UDQVSRQGHU ;3 7UDQVSRQGHU
!
$&05 5HOD\ &RQWURO
$&0$(0$7 DQQXQFLDWRU 2SWLRQDO FKDQQHO 8'$&7
/'0 FXVWRP JUDSKLFV
56 WHUPLQDO
'XDO SKRQH OLQHV WR &HQWUDO 6WDWLRQ
351 SULQWHU
&57 WHUPLQDO
7R RWKHU )$&3
)LJXUH $)3 6\VWHP 'LDJUDP
1-4
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Specifications
6SHFLILFDWLRQV
6\VWHP 2YHUYLHZ
2YHUYLHZ
This section contains electrical specifications for the control panel.
$&3RZHU
Component MPS-400
AVPS-24 AA-30 AA-100/AA120 Wire size
Values
120 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 3.0 A; or 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1.5 A 120 VAC, 1.0 A each 120 VAC, 1.0 A each 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1.85 A each Minimum 14 AWG with 600 VAC insulation
Table 1-2 AC Power
%DWWHU\VHDOHGOHDGDFLGRQO\
Table 1-3 contains specifications for batteries that can be used with the control panel:
Battery Charger (MPS-400)
Maximum Battery Capacity (MPS-400)
Dual Rate: High Charge Normal Flat Charge Charging Current
55 AH (Batteries larger than 25 AH require Notifier BB-55 or other UL-listed battery cabinet.)
29.1 VDC 27.6 VDC 2.0 A max 1.5 A typical
CAB-400AA CAB-A3 through CAB-B3
12 AH (17 AH with BB-17) 25 AH (55 AH with BB-55)
Table 1-3 Battery Specifications
1RWH 5HIHU WR $SSHQGL[ % IRU :LUH 5HTXLUHPHQWV
6LJQDOLQJ/LQH&LUFXLW6/& /RRS
Table 1-4 contains specifications for an SLC:
Item
Value
Voltage Maximum length
Maximum loop current Maximum loop resistance
24 VDC nominal, 27.6 VDC maximum 10,000 ft. per channel (NFPA Style 4) or 10,000 ft. total loop length (NFPA Style 6 and 7) 250 mA (max short circuit) or 100 mA (normal) 40 ohms (supervised and power-limited)
Table 1-4 SLC Specifications
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
1-5
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
6\VWHP 2YHUYLHZ
Specifications
1RWLILFDWLRQ$SSOLDQFHDQG5HOHDVLQJ&LUFXLWV 036,&0,&(
Table 1-5 contains specifications for NACs and releasing circuits available on the MPS-400:
Item Max. wiring voltage drop Normal operating voltage Current for all external devices connected to MPS-400 Optional AVPS-24
Maximum signaling current/ circuit (MPS-400) End-of-line resistors
Value
2 VDC (except CMX which is 1.2 VDC)
24 VDC
6.0 A (except devices powered from the AVPS-24 or AA-30 and AA-120, or FCPS-24)
Additional 3.0 A of NAC power for each AVPS-24 (requires ICM-4 modules)
2.5 A (except CMX which is 2 A)
MPS-400 (TB-7TB-10): 2.2K, 1/2 watt ICM-4, ICE-4, VCM-4, CE-4, and DCM-4: 4.7K, 1/2 watt (2 watts on 70 Vrms audio) CMX Modules: 47K, 1/2 watt
Table 1-5 NACs and Releasing Circuits
5HOD\V
Relays for Alarm, Trouble, Security, and Supervisory are available on MPS-400 terminals TB3 to TB6. Contact ratings for TB3-TB6 are:
· 2.0 A @ 30 VDC (resistive); · 0.5 A 30 VAC (resistive) when used for a Form-C relay.
1RWH 7KH 036 SURYLGHV D WRWDO RI $ RI SRZHU VKDUHG E\ DOO LQWHUQDO PRGXOHV DQG HDFK 036 FLUFXLW )RU SRZHU UHTXLUHPHQWV UHIHU WR WKH SRZHU VXSSO\ FDOFXODWLRQ WDEOHV LQ $SSHQGL[ *
)RXUZLUH6PRNH'HWHFWRU3RZHU
MPS-400 terminals TB2-5 (+) and TB2-6 () supply filtered, low-noise power for fourwire smoke detectors. Specifications for TB2-5 and TB2-6 are:
· Max. ripple voltage: 10 mVrms · Up to 1.25 A is available for powering four-wire smoke detectors.
For 24 VDC detectors, refer to the Device Compatibility Document for compatible detectors.
1-6
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Specifications
6\VWHP 2YHUYLHZ
1RWH 7KH 036 SURYLGHV D WRWDO RI $ RI SRZHU VKDUHG E\ DOO LQWHUQDO PRGXOHV DQG HDFK 036 FLUFXLW )RU SRZHU UHTXLUHPHQWV UHIHU WR WKH SRZHU VXSSO\ FDOFXODWLRQ WDEOHV LQ $SSHQGL[ *
3RZHU2XWSXWV
There are two power-limited circuits available to power external devices, such as notification appliances and annunciators. Refer to the Device Compatibility Document for compatible devices and notification appliances.
Item Terminals
Circuit A TB2-1 (+) and TB2-2 ()
Circuit B TB2-3 (+) and TB2-4 ()
Nominal Voltage
24 VDC
24 VDC
Max rated current
1.25 A DC
1.25 A DC
Max ripple voltage
100 mVrms
100 mVrms
Table 1-6 Power-Limited Circuits
2SHUDWLQJ3RZHU
$& %UDQFK &LUFXLW
This control panel requires connection to a separate dedicated AC branch circuit. Follow these guidelines when connecting the AC branch circuit:
· Label the branch circuit "Fire Alarm".
· Connect the branch circuit to the line side of the main power feed of the protected premises.
· Do not power other equipment from the fire alarm branch circuit.
· Run the branch circuit wire continuously, without any disconnect devices, from the power source to the fire alarm control panel.
· Overcurrent protection for this circuit must comply with Article 760 of the National Electrical Codes, as well as local codes.
· Use 14 AWG wire with 600 VAC insulation for this branch circuit. Connect the earth ground terminal (MPS-400, TB1-3) to a solid earth ground (a metallic, cold water pipe may be suitable in some installations). This connection is vital to maintaining the control panel's immunity to unwanted transients generated by lightning and electrostatic discharge.
6HFRQGDU\ 3RZHU 6RXUFH The battery charger is current-limited and can recharge sealed lead-acid type batteries.
%DWWHULHV
The charger shuts off when the control panel is in alarm.
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
1-7
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
6\VWHP 2YHUYLHZ
System Components
6\VWHP&RPSRQHQWV
%DVLF(TXLSPHQW3DFNDJHV
Basic Equipment packages for the AFP-300 and AFP-400 include the following:
AFP-300 Basic Equipment Packages
· BE-300AA Base Equipment for use with the CAB-400AA mini cabinet. It is similar to the BE-300 but for use in CAB-400AA. Includes MPS-400RB and transformers. Supports one output option module. Order CAB-400AA cabinets separately.
· BE-300 Base Equipment includes the CPU module (CPU-300), an 80-character display, programming keypad, MPS-400 main power supply, installation instructions, chassis and required hardware. Order CAB-X3 cabinets separately.
AFP-400 Basic Equipment Packages
· BE-400 Base Equipment includes the CPU-400 module, an MPS-400 power supply, a BP-3 Battery Plate, cables, manuals, and a first row chassis. Order CAB-X3 cabinets separately.
· BE-400AA Base Equipment for a CAB-400AA mini-cabinet--similar to the BE-400--but for use in the CAB-400AA. The BE-400AA supports one output option module, and includes an MPS-400PCA and transformers. Order CAB-400AA cabinets separately.
&38
The CPU provides LED indicators and operational switches. The panel is visible with the cabinet door closed, except for programming switches, which are located behind a flip-down door.
&38 RQO\
6OLGHLQ ODEHOV XVHG IRU PRVW QRPHQFODWXUH
)LJXUH &38 0RGXOH
1-8
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
System Components
6\VWHP 2YHUYLHZ
3RZHU6XSSOLHV
The control panel can use two types of internally mounted power supplies: the MPS-400 main power supply and an optional Audio Visual Power Supply (AVPS-24).
036 UHTXLUHG The MPS-400 supplies a total of 6 A in alarm, used for the following: (a) powering AFP-300/400 modules; (b) powering a variety of UL-listed 24 VDC notification appliances (refer to the Device Compatibility Document); and (c) providing up to 1.25 A of resettable power for four-wire smoke detectors. The MPS-400 contains an integral battery charger, four NAC/Releasing circuits, and four relay outputs (Alarm, Trouble, Supervisory, and Security).
$ RI UHVHWWDEOH SRZHU
)RXU 5HOD\ 2XWSXWV
)RXU 1$&5HOHDVLQJ &LUFXLWV
)LJXUH 036 3RZHU 6XSSO\
$936 RSWLRQDO The AVPS-24 Audio/Visual Power Supply provides up to 3 A of additional special purpose power (unregulated, unfiltered) for output modules. The AVPS-24 mounts to one-fourth of a CHS-4 chassis. In space-critical applications, mount an AVPS-24 under system modules on a CHS-4 chassis. Refer to the Device Compatibility Document for a list of compatible, UL-listed notification appliances.
)LJXUH $936 3RZHU 6XSSO\
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
1-9
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
6\VWHP 2YHUYLHZ
System Components
$XGLR$PSOLILHUV
The control panel uses three types of audio amplifiers with an installed Voice Alarm System: the AA-30, the AA-100, and the AA-120. · AA-30 The AA-30 Audio Amplifier provides up to 30 watts of audio power for
driving 25 Vrms speaker circuits. · AA-100 The AA-100 Audio Amplifier provides 100 watts of audio power for
driving 70 Vrms speakers. · AA-120 The AA-120 Audio Amplifier provides 120 watts of audio power for
driving 25 Vrms speakers. Each AA amplifies the audio signal coming in from an Audio Message Generator (AMG-1) or Audio Tone Generator (ATG-2).
7UDQVIRUPHU$VVHPEO\DQG0363&$
Two 100VA transformers and connectors are used with the MPS-400PCA in the CAB-400AA.
0363&$
9$ 7UDQVIRUPHUV 31 7$
)LJXUH 0363&$ 8VLQJ 7ZR 9$ 7UDQVIRUPHUV
%DWWHU\%R[HV
The CAB-400AA cabinet provides space for two 12 ampere-hour (AH) batteries. CAB-X3 cabinets provide space for two 25 AH (or smaller) batteries. Use external battery boxes if your installation requires larger capacity batteries. Battery boxes mount directly below the main cabinet. Models of battery boxes are:
· BB-17 battery box for batteries up to 17 AH. · BB-55 battery box for batteries up to 55 AH.
1-10
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Optional Devices
6\VWHP 2YHUYLHZ
2SWLRQDO'HYLFHV
Table 1-7 contains a list of optional components that can be installed in an AFP-300 or AFP-400 system:
Option UDACT
Description
A Universal Digital Alarm Communicator/Transmitter (UDACT) transmits system status to UL-listed Central Station Receivers over a public switched telephone network. The UDACT mounts in a cabinet or mounts remotely in the ABS-8R. The UDACT connects to the EIA-485 annunciator port and 24 VDC (nominal) power.
4XTM Transmitter Module
A 4XTM module provides municipal box and remote station transmitters meeting NFPA 72-1993 Auxiliary and Remote Station requirements. The 4XTM also includes a Disable switch and an LED indicator.
Trim Ring
A gray trim ring is available for semi-flush mounting of the CAB-X3 Series cabinet.
UZC-256 Universal Zone Coder
A UZC-256 module is a circuit board--used for NAC coding applications--that provides three output circuits and up to 256 zone codes.
NIB-96 Network Interface Board
A Network Interface Board (NIB) is a microprocessorcontrolled module that connects slave control panels to a master control panel. The NIB-96 module can be installed in each slave FACP. Each slave FACP can contain as many as 96 input/output points, or as few as eight points.
FCPS-24 Field Charger Power Supply
The FCPS-24 is a compact, cost-effective remote power supply and battery charger. This remote power supply consists of a filtered, 24 VDC output that can drive up to four Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs).
Table 1-7 Optional Devices for the AFP-300/400
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
1-11
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
6\VWHP 2YHUYLHZ
Intelligent Detectors
,QWHOOLJHQW'HWHFWRUV
2YHUYLHZ
Intelligent, addressable detectors provide analog information to the control panel. This allows the control panel to continually process this information to determine the status of each detector (alarm, trouble, maintenance, or normal). Each detector responds to an address that is set in the detector head using built-in rotary decimal switches. You can program the sensitivity of each intelligent detector. (Refer to Appendix C in the AFP-300/AFP-400 Programming Manual for details.)
'HWHFWRU'HVFULSWLRQV
Table 1-8 contains a list of the intelligent detectors that you can use with an AFP-300 or AFP-400 system:
Option BX-501 B710L B501BH B524RB B524BI SDX-551/SDX-551TH/ SDX-751
CPX-551/CPX-751
FDX-551
RA400Z
DHX-501/DHX-502 IPX-751
LPX-751
Description
Standard U.S detector base Low Profile base Sounder base Relay base Isolator base
An Intelligent Photoelectric Smoke Detector provides analog measurements of the optical smoke level in its chamber to the control panel. Also available: an SDX-551TH with a 135° thermostat and a SDX-751 low profile photoelectric detector.
An Intelligent Ionization Smoke Detector measures the level of combustion products in its chamber using the ionization principle and reports this measurement to the control panel. A CPX-751 Low Profile detector is also available. Refer to Appendix C in the AFP-300/AFP-400 Programming Manual for details on setting alarm sensitivity.
An Intelligent Thermal Sensor (140°F fixed temperature). Also available as an FDX-551R which is a combination 135°F fixed and 15°F per minute rate of rise.
A Remote Single LED Annunciator that can be wired directly off of an addressable detector for annunciation of that detector's alarm status.
Duct Housings for the SDX-551 and CPX-551.
A microprocessor-based intelligent smoke detector that uses a combination of photoelectric, ionization, and thermal sensing technologies.
An advanced intelligent photoelectric detector that uses a laser diode, special optics, and signal processing to obtain extremely high sensitivity.
Table 1-8 Intelligent Detectors
1-12
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Addressable Modules
6\VWHP 2YHUYLHZ
$GGUHVVDEOH0RGXOHV
2YHUYLHZ
CMX Series Control Modules and MMX Series Monitor Modules provide an interface between the control panel and conventional notification (CMX) and initiating (MMX) devices. You can set each CMX and MMX module to respond to an address with builtin rotary decimal switches. A blinking LED on an MMX or CMX indicates communication between the module and the control panel.
0RGXOH'HVFULSWLRQV
Table 1-9 contains description of CMX and MMX series modules and other addressable modules used with the control panel:
Option Monitor Modules (MMX-1, MMX-2)
MMX-101
Description
Addressable Monitor Modules for monitoring conventional initiating devices. The MMX-1 is used for normally open contact alarm initiating devices, such as manual pull stations, four-wire smoke detectors, heat detectors, waterflow, security contacts, and supervisory devices. Use the MMX-2 for specific two-wire smoke detectors in addition to normally open contacts. Wire supervised circuits as NFPA Style B or Style D circuits.
An Addressable Module that is functionally similar to an MMX-1 Monitor Module (Style B circuits only), but offered in a smaller package for mounting directly in the electrical box of the device being monitored. It does not include a blinking LED or a magnetic test switch.
Control Modules (CMX)
Loop Isolator Module (ISO-X))
Addressable Control Modules used as Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs) to power and supervise compatible, UL-listed notification appliances. Wire supervised circuits as NFPA Style Y or Style Z. Breaking the two built-in tabs allows using the CMX as a Form-C control relay. A CMX comes with a thermoplastic cover for mounting to a 4-inch square mounting box.
The ISO-X is an automatic switch that opens the circuit voltage to a communications loop branch(es) whenever a fault is detected on that circuit. The remainder of the communications loop leading up to the ISO-X continues to operate, unaffected by the fault.
BGX-101L)
A dual action addressable manual pull station featuring a key-lock reset. The pull station includes an MMX-101 and responds to an address set with built-in rotary decimal switches.
Table 1-9 Addressable Modules
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
1-13
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
6\VWHP 2YHUYLHZ
End-of-Line Devices
(QGRI/LQH'HYLFHV
Table 1-10 contains a list of the end-of-line devices that you can install in an AFP-300/ AFP-400 system:
Option System Sensor (SSD) A2143-00
System Sensor (SSD) A2143-10
N-ELR Resistor plate (N-ELR)
Description
Notes
A 47K End-Of-Line Resistor (ELR) Assembly ELR used in the supervision of MMX-1 or MMX101 Monitor and CMX Control Module circuits.
Supplied with MMX or CMX modules.
The 3.9K End-Of-Line Resistor (ELR) Assembly used with the MMX-2.
Supplied with MMX-2 modules.
An N-ELR, required for Canadian installations, provides connection for a resistor to mount to an ELR plate.
· Use 2.2K for the MPS-400 output.
· Use 4.7K for ICM-4, ICE-4, VCM-4, VCE-4, and DCM-4.
· Use 47K for CMX, MMX-1, and MMX-101 modules.
Table 1-10 End-of-Line Devices
1-14
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Annunciation Modules
6\VWHP 2YHUYLHZ
$QQXQFLDWLRQ0RGXOHV
2YHUYLHZ
This section contains brief descriptions and the model numbers of annunciator modules that can be connected to the control panel. Communication between the control panel and annunciators takes place over a two-wire serial interface connected to an EIA-485 connector (TB4) on the CPU. For detailed wiring requirements, refer to the appropriate Annunciator manuals.
$QQXQFLDWRU&RQWURO0RGXOH5$&05
The ACM-8R provides the AFP-300 and AFP-400 with a mappable relay control module. ACM-8R relays can be selected for mapping anywhere in the system memory map (in groups of eight). Features of the ACM-8R include the following:
· Provides eight Form-C relays with 5 A contacts. · Tracks any group of eight zones within the system.
/'06HULHV/DPS'ULYHU0RGXOHV
The LDM-32 Lamp Driver Annunciator Module provides 32 alarm lamp driver outputs for connection to a custom graphic annunciator. You can also set the LDM-32 with a DIP switch for 16 alarm, 16 trouble and 16 switch inputs for control of such system functions as Signal Silence and System Reset.
· Lamp Driver Annunciator Expander Module (LDM-E32) Expands the LDM-32 by 32 system points, to a maximum of 64 points.
· Relay Expander Module (LDM-R32) Provides the LDM-32 or LDM-E32 with 32 dry Form-A (normally open) contacts.
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
1-15
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
6\VWHP 2YHUYLHZ
Annunciation Modules
$QQXQFLDWRU&RQWURO6\VWHP$&6
The ACS series annunciator and control system provides the AFP-300 and AFP-400 with up to 32 remote annunciators, each with a capacity of 64 points. Table 1-11 contains brief descriptions of ACS annunciators. For detailed information, refer to the ACS Manual.
Module
Features
Annunciator Control Module16AT (ACM-16AT)
The ACM-16AT provides features for audible and visual indication of alarm and trouble conditions at each annunciator. These features include: 1) 16 red alarm LEDs; 2) 16 yellow trouble LEDs; 3) 16 momentary touchpad switches for controlling each point; 4) a system trouble LED; 5) an Online/Power LED; 6) a local sounder; 7) a Silence/Acknowledge switch; and remote functions.
Annunciator Expander Module (AEM-16AT)
The AEM-16AT, identical in size and appearance to the ACM-16AT, expands the ACM-16AT by 16 system points. An ACM-16AT can support up to three AEM-16ATs, to a provide a maximum of 64 system points.
Annunciator Control Module32AT (ACM-32A)
Annunciator Expander Module-32A (AEM-32A)
1RWH $Q $(0$7 FDQQRW EH XVHG WR H[SDQG DQ $&0$
The ACM-32A provides features for audible and visual indication of alarm and trouble conditions at each annunciator. These features include: 1) 32 red alarm LEDs; 2) a system trouble LED; 3) an Online/Power LED; 4) a local sounder; and 5) a Silence/Acknowledge switch.
The AEM-32A, identical in size and appearance to the ACM-32A, expands the ACM-32A by 32 system points. An ACM-32 can support one AEM-32A, providing a maximum of 64 system points. Note: An AEM-32A cannot be used to expand an ACM-16AT.
Table 1-11 ACM-16AT/AFM-16AT Modules
$QQXQFLDWRU)L[HG0RGXOHV
Annunciator Fixed Modules (AFM-16AT and AFM-32A) provide the control panel with discrete display and control points. AFMs turn their LEDs on and off as directed by the CPU, and also report switch activations to the CPU for action. You can only use one AFM in a system. Each annunciator's address is fixed at address 1.
· AFM-16AT The AFM-16AT contains 16 red alarm and 16 yellow trouble LEDs, a system trouble LED, an Online/Power LED, and a local sounder, and switches for control panel Acknowledge, Alarm Silence, and System Reset. Use the AFM-16AT for systems that require 16 or fewer annunciation points.
· AFM-32A The AFM-32A contains 32 red alarm LEDs, a system trouble LED, an ON LINE/POWER LED, and a local panel sounder with a silence/acknowledge switch. The AFM-32A is fixed at address 1, and will not accept expander modules.
1-16
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Peripheral Displays and Printers
6\VWHP 2YHUYLHZ
3HULSKHUDO'LVSOD\VDQG3ULQWHUV
2YHUYLHZ
The control panel is compatible with the following printers and display devices:
· LCD-80 display · PRN-4 printer · Keltron Remote Printer · CRT-2 Display Terminal For installation instructions for these devices, refer to Section 2.
/&''LVSOD\
The LCD-80 alphanumeric display module is an AFP-300/400 ancillary device that provides two modes of operation: Terminal, where it acts as a display repeater; and ACS, where it acts as an alphanumeric annunciator. The LCD-80 features the following:
· 80-character LCD display that backlights under normal and alarm conditions. · Control switches for Acknowledge, Signal Silence, and System Reset, all made
operational by an optional AKS-1 switch. · Time/date display field. · Annunciator backbox ABF-1 package with optional AKS-1 key switch and phone
jack options. · Remote operation (mounts up to 6,000 feet from the control panel). · Local panel sounder with alarm/trouble resound.
3515HPRWH3ULQWHU
The PRN-4 is an optional printer that connects directly to the control panel through TB1 on the CPU and can be located up to 50 feet from the control panel. It features the following:
· Provides a printed record (80 columns of data on standard 9" x 11" tractor-feed paper) of all system events (alarm, trouble) and status changes within the system.
· Time-stamps the printout with the current time-of-day and date.
.HOWURQ5HPRWH3ULQWHU0RGHO96
The VS4095 is a two-color (red/black), 40-column 24 VDC that can print 50 messages in 90 seconds. This printer connects to the control panel through TB1 on the CPU and mounts in a separate cabinet next to the control panel. The VS4095 meets UL fire and security requirements for an ancillary device. For more information on the Keltron printer, contact the manufacturer (Keltron Corp., Waltham, MA). Refer to Section 2 for installation instructions.
&577HUPLQDO
The optional CRT-2 terminal connects to the control panel via the EIA-485 serial interface TB2. The CRT-2--can control and view events, points and history reports, control the system (Acknowledge, Alarm Silence, and System Reset). With a CRT-2 installed, you can also change important system operating parameters, such as enable/ disable of addressable points, change alarm and pre-alarm sensitivities, clear verification counters, clear history, and set the pre-alarm action level. A CRT-2 displays 26 lines by 80 columns and can be located up to 50 feet from the control panel.
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
1-17
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
6\VWHP 2YHUYLHZ
Notification Circuit and Control Modules
1RWLILFDWLRQ&LUFXLWDQG&RQWURO0RGXOHV
2YHUYLHZ
The control panel supports the following notification and control modules: · Indicating Circuit Module (ICM-4) · Indicating Circuit Expander (ICE-4) · Control Relay Module (CRM-4) · Control Relay Expander (CRE-4) · Auxiliary Relay Module (ARM-4)
'HVFULSWLRQVRI0RGXOHV
Table 1-12 contains descriptions of the notification circuit and control modules that can be used with the control panel:
$X[LOLDU\ %HOO 3RZHU &DEOH 31 3URYLGHG ZLWK ,&0 DQG ,&( PRGXOHV
Module ICM-4
$50 +DUQHVV 31 )RU FRQQHFWLQJ WKH $50 WR WKH GULYLQJ UHOD\ PRGXOH
ICE-4 CRM-4
, 1' ,& $ 7,1 * & , 5& 8, 7 *UH HQ RQ
<HOORZ 2 I I 2 Q 2 II
CRE-4
6OLGHLQ /DEHOV 3URYLGHG ZLWK ,&0 DQG &50 PRGXOHV
ARM-4
Function
Circuit Rating
Provides four Notification Appliance Circuits for Style Y or Style Z operation. Circuits are field-programmable to respond to a single initiating zone, a group of zones, or all initiating zones.
Maximum signaling current is 3 A of total current, limited by the power supply.
Expands the ICM-4 to a total of eight Notification Appliance Circuits (Style Y or Style Z).
Identical to the ICM-4.
Provides four standard dry Form-C relay contacts. Each relay is fieldprogrammable to respond to a single initiating device circuit, a group of circuits, or all initiating device circuits. Each relay features manual On/Off control switches and can be disabled or enabled.
Contacts rated for 5 A at 120 VAC or 28 VDC (resistive).
Expands the capacity of the Control Relay Module (CRM-4) to eight Form-C alarm relays.
Identical to the CRM-4.
Provides four auxiliary Form-C relays that can be controlled by a CRM-4 or CRE-4 relay module.
Normally-open contacts rated for 20 A and the normally-closed contacts are rated for 10 A at 125 VAC and 30 VDC (resistive).
Table 1-12 Notification Circuit and Control Relay Modules
1-18
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Voice Alarm Equipment
6\VWHP 2YHUYLHZ
9RLFH$ODUP(TXLSPHQW
2YHUYLHZ
Voice Alarm equipment provides a manual or automatic supervised paging system for transmitting voice messages (information, instructions, directions) on a selective or all call basis. For more details, refer to Section 4, Voice Alarm System.
$XGLR0HVVDJH*HQHUDWRU$0*
The heart of a voice evacuation system, the Audio Message Generator (AMG-1) provides a variety of tones, including a slow whoop, yelp, yeow, siren, hi/lo, or steady tone. A built-in microphone allows for paging through speaker circuits. Optionally, you can install up to four digitally-recorded voice messages into the AMG-1 from the following:
· two factory prerecorded VROM voice messages; · two user-defined messages in the AMG-1; · two user-defined messages (up to 24 seconds long) into an AMG-1 with optional
VRAM-1 memory chips installed (one per VRAM). You can create both user-defined messages through the AMG-1 built-in microphone, or download user-defined messages from a standard audio cassette recorder.
$XGLR7RQH*HQHUDWRU$7*
The Audio Tone Generator (ATG-2) is similar to the AMG-1, but provides tones and microphone only (no message). It can provide two simultaneous tones for dual-channel applications.
)LUH)LJKWHUV7HOHSKRQH))7))76
The FFT-7 (Fire Fighters Telephone) provides the Voice Alarm System with fire fighter's telephone capability. With the FFT-7 or FFT-7S, up to seven telephones can hold a simultaneous conversation.
9RLFH&RQWURO0RGXOH9&0
The Voice Control Module-4 provides the system with up to four Style Y or Style Z speaker circuits. Moving a jumper on the VCM-4 configures the module for driving FFT-7 (Fire Fighter Telephone) circuits. When configured for telephone circuits, the VCM-4 accepts its signal directly from an FFT-7/FFT-7S. Add an optional VCE-4 Voice Control Expander to the back of the VCM-4 to provide telephone or speaker circuits 5-8.
'XDO&KDQQHO0RGXOH'&0
The DCM-4 Dual Channel Module provides the system with the capability to select one of two types of audio sources for switching to a specified speaker circuit. The DCM-4 provides up to four circuits.
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
1-19
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
6\VWHP 2YHUYLHZ
Cabinet Hardware
&DELQHW+DUGZDUH
&DELQHW2YHUYLHZ
The control panel can be installed into one of two main cabinet configurations:
· A CAB-400AA for compact systems (CPU, MPS-400, and one option module). Door hinges are right-hand mounted and the door opens 180 degrees.
· A CAB-X3 cabinet for larger systems comes in four sizes (CAB-A3, CAB-B3, CAB-C3, or CAB-D3). A CAB-X3 consists of two basic components--a Surface-mounted Backbox (SBB-X3) and a door (DR-X3). Hinges are fieldselectable for left- or right-hand mounting.
· Options for CAB-X3 cabinets include: 1) a Wire Channel (WC) option which provides a pair of wire trays for neater routing of wire between tiers (rows) in the cabinet (order one pair per cabinet tier); and 2) a trim ring option (TR-X3) for semi-flush mounting (TR-A3N, TR-B3N, TR-C3N, TR-D3N).
A key-locked door includes a pin-type hinge, a window, two keys, and the necessary hardware to mount the door to the backbox. The backbox contains numerous knockouts to provide easy access to the cabinet and to simplify conduit installation.
&+60&KDVVLV'UHVV3DQHO$VVHPEO\
The CHS-4M contains expansion modules that extend beyond the first row in the CAB-X3 cabinet. One CHS-4M is needed for each additional row of system modules. The CHS-4M includes the CHS-4 Chassis, the MP-1 Module Dress Panel, and the Expander Row Ribbon Cable.
([SDQGHU 5RZ 5LEERQ &DEOH 31
&+6 &KDVVLV
03 0RGXOH 'UHVV 3DQHO
)LJXUH &+6 &KDVVLV
&+6/&KDVVLV
The low-profile CHS-4L chassis mounts into a CAB-X3 cabinet. Use the CHS-4L chassis to mount AA-30 audio amplifiers, Audio Message Generators, Fire Fighters Telephones, or Audio Visual Power Supplies.
1-20
www.PDF-Zoo.com
)LJXUH &+6/ &KDVVLV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Cabinet Hardware
2YHUYLHZ
&$%$
6\VWHP 2YHUYLHZ
&$%;6HULHV&DELQHWV
This section contains mounting information for CAB-X3 Series Cabinets. Each cabinet assembly includes a door and backbox. The following lists each CAB-X3 Series cabinet assembly: · CAB-A3 one mounting tier · CAB-B3 two mounting tiers · CAB-C3 three mounting tiers · CAB-D3 four mounting tiers An optional TR-A3 trim ring is available for use with an A-size cabinet (24-1/8"W by 22-5/16"H). Replacement parts: DR-A3 door; SBB-A3 backbox.
&$%%
)LJXUH &$%$ 0RXQWLQJ 'LPHQVLRQV
An optional TR-B3 trim ring is available for use with a B-size cabinet (24-1/8"W by 30-13/16"H). Replacement parts: DR-B3 door; SBB-B3 backbox.
)LJXUH &$%% 0RXQWLQJ 'LPHQVLRQV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
1-21
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
6\VWHP 2YHUYLHZ
Cabinet Hardware
An optional TR-C3 trim ring is available for use with a C-size cabinet (24-1/8"W by 39-7/16"H). Replacement parts: DR-C3 door; SBB-C3 backbox.
)LJXUH &$%& 0RXQWLQJ 'LPHQVLRQV
An optional TR-D3 trim ring is available for use with a D-size cabinet (24-1/8"W by 48-3/16"H). Replacement parts: DR-D3 door; SBB-D3 backbox.
)LJXUH &$%' 0RXQWLQJ 'LPHQVLRQV
1-22
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Cabinet Hardware
&$%$$ 2YHUYLHZ
6\VWHP 2YHUYLHZ
&$%$$&DELQHWV
The CAB-400AA is a backbox and door that can contain a small AFP-300/AFP-400 system. (A small system supports up to twelve NACs and consists of a CPU and one option module, such as an ICM-4/ICE-4.) Modules mount to rails in the CAB-400AA, eliminating the need for optional chassis assemblies. Mounting methods include surface-mounting or semi-flush mounting on a wall between 16-inch-on-center studs. Table 1-13 lists the components included in the CAB-400AA:
Component BE-300AA
BE-400AA
CAB-300AA and CAB-400AA (includes DP-400AA) DP-400AA
BM-1 TR-500
Description
BE-300AA A package that includes a CPU-300, an MPS300PCA, a transformer assembly, and a two-position CPU-400 ribbon cable.
BE-400AA A package that includes a CPU-400, an MPS400PCA, a transformer assembly, and a two-position CPU-400 ribbon cable.
A backbox (14.5" wide by 17" tall by 5" deep) and door (14.57" wide by 17.25" tall by 1.5 " deep).
An Inner Dress Panel for covering the backbox area surrounding the modules. The DP-400AA is required for Canadian installations.
Blank module for covering an unused panel or module.
Trim ring that provides for semi-flush mounting of the CAB-400AA cabinet
&$%$$ /LPLWDWLRQV &$%$$ 'LPHQVLRQV
Table 1-13 CAB-400AA Components and Options · Limited power supply capacity (one AVPS-24 expander). · The backbox can hold 12 amp-hour batteries only. · Maximum of one module in addition to the CPU. · No voice evacuation capability. Figure 1-13 shows the CAB-400AA dimensions:
)LJXUH &$%$$ %DFNER[ DQG 'RRU $VVHPEO\
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
1-23
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
1RWHV
1-24
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Preparing for Installation
,QVWDOODWLRQ
,QVWDOODWLRQ
3UHSDULQJIRU,QVWDOODWLRQ
8QSDFNLQJ WKH 6\VWHP Unpack the system as follows:
Step
Action
1
Carefully unpack the system and inspect for shipping damage.
2
Select a location for the control panel in a clean, dry, vibration-free area with
moderate temperature.
%HIRUH LQVWDOOLQJ WKH ILUH DODUP V\VWHP UHDG WKH IROORZLQJ
· Install the system in a readily accessible area with sufficient room to easily install and maintain the control panel.
· Locate the top of the cabinet approximately 60 inches above the floor with the hinge mounting on the left.
· Count the number of conductors needed for all devices and find the appropriate knockouts.
· Review the installation precautions at the front of this manual.
· All wiring must comply with the National and/or Local codes for fire alarm systems.
· Do not draw wiring into the bottom 9 inches of the cabinet, except when using the BB-17 or BB-55. This prevents interference between the power supply and batteries.
6WDQGDUGV DQG &RGHV In addition, installers should be familiar with the following standards:
· NEC Article 300 Wiring Methods.
· NEC Article 760 Fire Protective Signaling Systems.
· Applicable Local and State Building Codes.
· Requirements of the Local Authority Having Jurisdiction.
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-1
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Installation Checklist
,QVWDOODWLRQ&KHFNOLVW
&DXWLRQ 0DNH VXUH WR LQVWDOO V\VWHP FRPSRQHQWV LQ WKH SUHFLVH RUGHU LQ WKH FKHFNOLVW
)DLOXUH WR GR VR FDQ GDPDJH WKH FRQWURO SDQHO DQG RWKHU V\VWHP FRPSRQHQWV
Table 2-1A contains an installation checklist for installing, wiring, and testing an AFP-300/AFP-400 system:
Task
U Mount the CAB-X3 Cabinet Door (CAB-400AA has a pre-mounted door.)
U Mount CHS-4 and CHS-4L chassis in CAB-X3 cabinets.
U Mount the SBB-X3 or CAB-400AA backbox to the wall.
U Mount the MPS-400 to the backbox.
U If using additional power supplies, mount to the AVPS-24 to the backbox or chassis.
U Mount optional Auxiliary Relay Modules (ARM4).
U Connect the power cables to the MPS-400 and any AVPS-24s, while the terminals are accessible.
Refer to...
"Installing a Cabinet Door" on page 2-4.
"Installing a Chassis (CAB-X3 Series Cabinets)" on page 2-6.
"Mounting a Backbox (SBB-X3 and CAB-400AA)" on page 2-7.
"Mounting an MPS-400 Power Supply" on page 2-8.
"Mounting an Optional AVPS-24 Power Supply" on page 2-10.
"Installing an Auxiliary Relay Module (ARM-4)" on page 2-11
"Field Wiring the MPS-400 Power Supply" on page 2-32.
&DXWLRQ 'R QRW FRQQHFW SRZHU DW WKLV WLPH
U If installing panel modules (such as ICM-4,
"Installing Expander Row Ribbon
CRM-4, VCM-4), connect Expander Row Ribbon Cables for Panel Modules" on page
Cables (PN 71088) to the CPU.
2-15.
U Install the CPU module in the top left cabinet position.
"Installing the CPU" on page 2-18
U Connect the Power Ribbon and Power Harness between the CPU and the MPS-400/ MPS-400PCA.
"Connecting the CPU to the MPS-400" on page 2-19.
U Install panel module expander boards (ICE-4, CRE-4, VCE-4).
"Mounting Expander Modules (CRE-4, ICE-4, VCE-4)" on page 2-20
U Mount panel modules (ICM-4, CRM-4, VCM-4) to the chassis or backbox.
"Mounting Panel Modules (CRM4, ICM-4, VCM-4) onto a Chassis" on page 2-21.
U Connect the Row Ribbon Cables to the panel modules.
"Installing Expander Row Ribbon Cables for Panel Modules" on page 2-15.
U Mount optional modules (such as 4XTM, UZC-256, UDACT).
"Installing a 4XTM Module (Remote Station Fire Alarm)" on page 2-22. "Installing a UZC-256 Module" on page 2-24.
U Install optional Voice Alarm System components. Section 4.
U Field-wire each module.
"Field-Wiring the Modules" on page 2-25.
2-2
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Installation Checklist
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Task
U Install optional peripheral devices, such as a printer, personal computer, or CRT-2 terminal.
U Wire the Signaling Line Circuits. U Connect AC power to the MPS-400 -- but do not
connect batteries.
U Check AC power--but do not connect batteries.* U Program the control panel. U Connect the batteries.
U Field test the system.
Refer to...
"Installing Remote Printers and CRTs" on page 2-35.
"Wiring a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC)" on page 2-39.
"Field Wiring the MPS-400 Power Supply" on page 2-32 "AC and Battery Power Connections (MPS-400" on page 233.
Table 2-2.
AFP-300/AFP-400 Programming Manual.
"AC and Battery Power Connections (MPS-400" on page 233.
Section 3.
Table 2-1 Installation Checklist
Table 2-2 contains a checklist for checking the system with AC power applied:
&DXWLRQ :KLOH FKHFNLQJ $& SRZHU PDNH VXUH EDWWHULHV DUH QRW FRQQHFWHG
Component
U The CPU U Each module
U Each AVPS-24
Status
The green AC Power indicator on; the system Trouble indicator on because of no battery power.
The yellow Trouble indicator may come on for approximately 10 seconds after applying AC power. (This only applies to an unconfigured system.)
The yellow Trouble indicator comes on because batteries are not connected.
Table 2-2 AC Power Checklist
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-3
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Installing a Cabinet Door
,QVWDOOLQJD&DELQHW'RRU
&DELQHW'RRU0RXQWLQJ*XLGHOLQHV
Cabinet doors mount in a left- or right-hand opening configuration, providing easier access for installation and service when two control panels are mounted in a confined area or side-by-side (as shown in Figure 2-1). The doors can be opened barn door style, creating an open work space. Before mounting any equipment in the backbox, make sure to attach the two hinges and the two alignment tabs. In this type of installation it is necessary to leave enough space between cabinets to insert a key into the locks on the door frames.
/HIWKDQG PRXQWHG GRRU
5LJKWKDQG PRXQWHG GRRU
)LJXUH &DELQHW 'RRU 0RXQWLQJ 3RVLWLRQV
1RWH 3ODFLQJ WKH GRRU RQ WKH ORZHU VWXG ILUVW SURYLGHV D SODFH IRU WKH GRRU WR UHVW ZKLOH FRPSOHWLQJ WKH DVVHPEO\
+RZWR,QVWDOOD&DELQHW'RRU&$%;RQO\
You can mount hinges on the left or right. The drawings and text refer to a left-mounted example. For right hand mounting, substitute right for left in the instructions. Follow the instructions in the installation table and refer to the drawings.
Step Action
1
Insert the door hinges (A) into the top and bottom slots.
(Figure 2-2 and Figure 2-3).
2
Attach the mounting nuts and secure the hinges to the backbox studs so the small
hole on the outer tab faces out.
3
Thread the stud (B), from the bottom up, into the bottom hinge first. Place the
grounding star washer and the lower corner of the door onto the stud.
4
Align the door on the backbox so the door sits directly under the top hinge. Thread
the remaining stud (B) into the top hinge and through the hole in the top of the
door. The door should now swing freely.
Table 2-3 Cabinet Door Installation Instructions ,QVWDOOLQJ D 7RS +LQJH Figure 2-2 shows how to mount a top hinge on a door:
1RWH 7KH LQVWDOODWLRQ LV WKH VDPH IRU WKH WRS DQG WKH ERWWRP ULJKW FRUQHU RI WKH EDFNER[
6WXG % +LQJH $
7RS /HIW &RUQHU
2-4
www.PDF-Zoo.com
)LJXUH ,QVWDOOLQJ D 7RS +LQJH
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Installing a Cabinet Door
,QVWDOODWLRQ
,QVWDOOLQJ D %RWWRP +LQJH Figure 2-3 shows how to mount a bottom hinge on a door:
%RWWRP /HIW &RUQHU 6WDU ZDVKHU
6WXG %
+LQJH $
)LJXUH ,QVWDOOLQJ D %RWWRP +LQJH
,QVWDOOLQJWKH'RRU$OLJQPHQW7DEV
1. Install the door alignment tabs (C) in the unused slots on the top and bottom of the backbox. (In Figure 2-4, the door mounts on the left, leaving unused slots on the right). Secure the alignment tab (C) to the stud (b) with nut provided.
2. Punch out the knockout for the door lock on the side opposite the hinge. 1RWH $OLJQPHQW WDEV NHHS WKH 3. Install the lock mechanism (Figure 2-5).
GRRU OLQHG XS ZLWK WKH EDFNER[
$OLJQPHQW WDE &
2SHQ
)LJXUH ,QVWDOOLQJ WKH 'RRU $OLJQPHQW 7DEV
,QVWDOOLQJ D 'RRU /RFN Figure 2-5 shows how to install a door lock:
/RFNHG
'RRU ORFN 7KH GRRU ORFN PHFKDQLVP DV
YLHZHG RQ D OHIWKDQG PRXQWHG GRRU
,QVWDOO GRRU ORFN KHUH
)LJXUH ,QVWDOOLQJ WKH 'RRU /RFN
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-5
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Installing a Chassis (CAB-X3 Series Cabinets)
,QVWDOOLQJD&KDVVLV&$%;6HULHV&DELQHWV
2YHUYLHZ
This section contains instructions for installing a CHS-4 chassis (Figure 2-6) and a CHS-4L chassis (Figure 2-7) into a CAB-X3 cabinet.
,QVWDOOLQJD&+6&KDVVLV
To install a CHS-4 chassis, follow these instructions: 1. Place the CHS-4 chassis over the screw mounts on the cabinet. 2. Connect a ground cable (PN 71033) to one of the screw mounts. 3. Secure the assembly with the two nuts provided. Repeat this step for each CHS-4 chassis in the cabinet.
&RQQHFWLQJ WKH JURXQGLQJ FDEOH 31 &RQQHFW WKH JURXQGLQJ FDEOH EHWZHHQ 036 HDUWK JURXQG WHUPLQDOV DQG DW OHDVW RQH FKDVVLV
)LJXUH ,QVWDOOLQJ D &+6 &KDVVLV
,QVWDOOLQJD&+6/&KDVVLV
Use the CHS-4L chassis for mounting an AMG-1, FFT-7, or AA-30. To mount a CHS-4L, follow the steps for installing a CHS-4 chassis.
&RQQHFWLQJ WKH JURXQGLQJ FDEOH 31 &RQQHFW WKH JURXQGLQJ FDEOH EHWZHHQ 036 HDUWK JURXQG WHUPLQDOV DQG DW OHDVW RQH FKDVVLV
2-6
www.PDF-Zoo.com
)LJXUH ,QVWDOOLQJ D &+6/ &KDVVLV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Mounting a Backbox (SBB-X3 and CAB-400AA)
,QVWDOODWLRQ
0RXQWLQJD%DFNER[6%%;DQG&$%$$
This section provides instructions for mounting an SBB-X3 or CAB-400AA backbox. Follow these guidelines when mounting a backbox:
&DXWLRQ 8QOHVV \RX DUH IDPLOLDU ZLWK WKH SODFHPHQW RI FRPSRQHQWV ZLWKLQ WKLV EDFNER[
RQO\ XVH WKH NQRFNRXW ORFDWLRQV SURYLGHG IRU FRQGXLW HQWU\
· Mount a backbox on a surface in a clean, dry, vibration-free area. Install the cabinet by following the instructions in Table 2-4.
· Locate the backbox so that the top edge is 66 inches above the surface of the finished floor.
· Mount the backbox using the four mounting holes in the back surface of the backbox.
.H\KROHV SODFHV
0RXQWLQJ KROHV SODFHV
)LJXUH 0RXQWLQJ D &DELQHW %DFNER[
&DXWLRQ :KHQ UHPRYLQJ D &38 ERDUG SODFH WKH ERDUG LQ D VDIH FOHDQ SODFH $YRLG VWDWLF
GLVFKDUJH ZKLFK FDQ GDPDJH WKH ERDUG
Step
Action
1
Remove the CPU board by loosening the four screws in the corners of the board.
(Two permanent standoffs support the CPU board in the center.)
2
Mark and pre-drill holes for the top two keyhole mounting bolts.
3
Install two upper fasteners in the wall so the screw heads protrude approximately
1/2".
4
Using the keyholes, mount the backbox over the two screws.
5
Mark the two holes, remove the backbox and drill the mounting holes.
6
Mount the backbox, then install and tighten the remaining fasteners.
7
When the location is dry and free of construction dust, reinstall the CPU board.
Table 2-4 Mounting a Cabinet Backbox
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-7
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Mounting an MPS-400 Power Supply
0RXQWLQJDQ0363RZHU6XSSO\
0RXQWLQJDQ036LQWRD&$%;&DELQHW
This section contains instructions for mounting an MPS-400 into a CAB-X3 (Figure 29 and Figure 2-10) and for mounting an MPS-400 into a CAB-400AA (Figure 2-11).
The MPS-400 mounting assembly consists of the MPS-400 module attached to mounting chassis. To install the MPS-400 into CAB-A3, CAB-B3, CAB-C3, or CAB-D3 cabinets, follow these steps.
1. Place the MPS-400 assembly into the cabinet so the MPS-400 chassis bracket engages the support bracket on the cabinet as shown in Figure 2-9:
036 FKDVVLV EUDFNHW
&$%; VXSSRUW EUDFNHW
036 $VVHPEO\
&$%; &DELQHW
)LJXUH 3ODFLQJ DQ 036 RQWR D 6XSSRUW %UDFNHW
2. Secure the bottom of the MPS-400 to the bottom cabinet support with the mounting screws as shown in Figure 2-10:
2-8
www.PDF-Zoo.com
0RXQWLQJ VFUHZV
)LJXUH 0RXQWLQJ DQ 036 LQWR D &$%;
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Mounting an MPS-400 Power Supply
,QVWDOODWLRQ
0RXQWLQJDQ036LQWRD&$%$$
Figure 2-11 shows how to install an MPS-400PCA and two transformer assemblies into a CAB-400AA cabinet. To mount MPS-400PCA components, follow these steps:
Step
Action
1
Mount the MPS-400PCA PC board into the cabinet using the four mounting
screws.
2
Mount the two 100VA transformer assemblies to the cabinet using the four
mounting nuts and lockwashers.
3
Connect the transformer assembly wires to plugs P1 and P2 on the MPS-400PCA
PC board.
Figure 2-11 shows how to mount an MPS-400 to a CAB-400AA cabinet:
&$%$$
036 PRXQWLQJ VFUHZV SODFHV
036
036 3 DQG 3
1XW DQG ORFNZDVKHUV SODFHV
9$ 7UDQVIRUPHUV 31
)LJXUH 0RXQWLQJ DQ 0363&$ LQWR D &$%$$
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-9
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Mounting an Optional AVPS-24 Power Supply
0RXQWLQJDQ2SWLRQDO$9363RZHU6XSSO\
2YHUYLHZ
You can mount an AVPS-24 into a CAB-X3 series cabinet (on a CHS-4 or CHS-4L chassis) or in the upper right corner of a CAB-400AA. A CRM-4, a ICM-4, a DCM-4, or a VCM-4 can mount above the AVPS-24 as long as you do not use an expander module (CRE-4, ICE-4, or VCE-4).
,QVWDOODWLRQ
To mount an AVPS-24, refer to Figure 2-12 and follow these steps:
Step
Action
1
Place the AVPS-24 module onto the screw mounts on the CHS-4 or CHS-4L
chassis as shown in Figure 2-12.
2
Install the two mounting nuts.
3
Tighten the mounting nuts until the module is secure.
Figure 2-12 shows how to mount an AVPS-24 onto a CHS-4L chassis:
&+6 &+6/
$936
1XW DQG ORFNZDVKHU SODFHV
)LJXUH 0RXQWLQJ DQ $936 3RZHU 6XSSO\
2-10
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Installing an Auxiliary Relay Module (ARM-4)
,QVWDOODWLRQ
,QVWDOOLQJDQ$X[LOLDU\5HOD\0RGXOH$50
2YHUYLHZ
1RWH )RU HDVH RI LQVWDOODWLRQ DQG VHUYLFH PRXQW WKH $50 PRGXOH LQ D GHGLFDWHG SRVLWLRQ RQ WKH FKDVVLV LI DYDLODEOH ZLWK QR PRGXOH RU H[SDQGHU ERDUG DERYH LW 7KH $50 FDQ DOVR PRXQW LQ WKH XSSHU ULJKW FRUQHU RI WKH &$%$$
The ARM-4 module can be driven by a CRM-4 or a CRE-4. Each ARM-4 can support one CRM-4 or one CRE-4. If using auxiliary relays for both modules, mount two ARM-4s in separate positions. Place the ARM-4 against the CHS-4 chassis in any one of eight positions relative to the CRM-4 or CRE-4 (Figure 2-13). You can also install the ARM-4 directly below the CRM-4 or CRE-4. Select a position on the CHS-4 chassis for the ARM-4:
$50
&50 RU &5(
)LJXUH 0RXQWLQJ 3RVLWLRQV IRU DQ $50
0RXQWLQJWKH$500RGXOHWRD&+6&KDVVLV
1. Select a mounting position for the ARM-4 module on the CHS-4 chassis. 2. Secure the two loose standoffs to the screw mounts on the CHS-4 chassis at the
selected location for the ARM-4. Make sure to install existing standoffs in the locations shown in Figure 2-14:
6WDQGRII SODFHV
0RGXOH UHWDLQLQJ VFUHZ SODFHV
$50 PRGXOH
)LJXUH 0RXQWLQJ DQ $50 WR D &+6 &KDVVLV
3. Position the ARM-4 module over the existing standoffs on the chassis; then, fasten the ARM-4 module to the chassis with the two module retaining screws as shown in Figure 2-14.
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-11
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Installing an Auxiliary Relay Module (ARM-4)
:LULQJWKH$500RGXOH
1. Connect one end of the ARM-4 cable to plug P1 on the ARM-4 (Figure 2-15). 2. Connect the other end of the ARM-4 cable to jumper JP5 on the CRM-4 or CRE-4
driving the ARM-4 module (Figure 2-15):
$50
$50 &DEOH 31
&50 RU &5( -3
)LJXUH &RQQHFWLQJ WKH $50 WR D &50&5(
2-12
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Connecting the MPS-400 Power Cables
,QVWDOODWLRQ
&RQQHFWLQJWKH0363RZHU&DEOHV
036(OHFWULFDO&RQQHFWLRQV
MPS-400 electrical connections include the following:
· Primary AC power source 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 3.0 A or 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1.5 A from line voltage source.
· Secondary power source 24 VDC from batteries, installed in the control panel (or in an optional battery cabinet), provides backup power if the system loses primary power. Secondary (battery) power is required to support the system during loss of primary power.
:DUQLQJ
5HPRYH DOO SRZHU VRXUFHV WR HTXLSPHQW ZKLOH FRQQHFWLQJ HOHFWULFDO FRPSRQHQWV
/HDYH WKH PDLQ SRZHU EUHDNHU RII XQWLO LQVWDOODWLRQ RI WKH HQWLUH V\VWHP LV FRPSOHWH
0DNH VXUH WR VHW WKH 9ROWDJH 6HOHFWLRQ 6ZLWFK 6 WR WKH FRUUHFW YROWDJH
&RQQHFWLQJWKH036WR$&3RZHU7%
Connect primary power to the MPS-400 as follows:
Step Action
1
Set the Voltage Select Switch (S9 on the MPS-400) to match the incoming AC line
voltage (120 VAC or 230 VAC).
2
Turn off the breaker at the main power distribution panel and remove the plastic
insulating cover from TB1.
3
Connect the system primary power source.
4
Connect the service ground to TB1-3 (labeled EARTH).
5
Connect the primary Neutral line to TB1-2 and the primary Hot line to TB1-4
(marked HOT).
6
When finished making connections, reinstall the plastic insulating cover over TB1
(Switch S9 on the MPS-400).
Table 2-5 Connecting AC (Primary) Power
&RQQHFWLQJWKH%DWWHULHV0367%7%
Install batteries in the control panel cabinet or in a separate battery cabinet which can be mounted up to 20 feet away from the control panel.
:DUQLQJ 'R QRW FRQQHFW WKH %DWWHU\ ,QWHUFRQQHFW &DEOH 31 DW WKLV WLPH 0DNH
WKLV FRQQHFWLRQ DIWHU LQLWLDO V\VWHP SULPDU\ SRZHUXS
Connect the battery as follows:
Step
Action
1
Connect the battery positive terminal to TB1 terminal 6 (+).
2
Connect the battery negative terminal to TB1 terminal 7 ().
Table 2-6 Connecting Batteries
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-13
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Connecting the MPS-400 Power Cables
&RQQHFWLQJ )RXU:LUH 6PRNH 'HWHFWRU 9'& 3RZHU 036 7%
MPS-400 TB2 terminals TB2-5 (+) and TB2-6 () provide up to 1.25 A of current for four-wire smoke detectors. A system reset removes the 24 VDC power from MPS-400 TB2. 24 VDC low-noise four-wire smoke detector power is power-limited but must be supervised. To provide supervision, install an end-of-line listed power supervision relay. Connect the power supervision relay in series with an Initiating Device Circuit (IDC). The four-wire power circuit energizes the power supervision relay.
1RWLILFDWLRQ $SSOLDQFH 3RZHU 9'&
TB2 terminals TB2-1 (+) and TB2-2 () provide up to 1.25 A of nonresettable lownoise current for powering notification appliances. TB2 terminals TB2-3 (+) and TB2-4 () also provide 1.25 A of nonresettable low-noise current. TB2 terminals TB2-5 (+) and TB2-6 () provide 1.25 A of resettable power.
&DXWLRQ 'XULQJ V\VWHP UHVHW SRZHU UHPDLQV DW WHUPLQDOV 7% 7% 7% DQG 7%
1RWH 2Q WKH 036 %HOO 3RZHU +DUQHVV WKH IRUN OXJV PXVW EH FXW RII DQG ZLUHV VWULSSHG IRU
FRQQHFWLRQ WR WKH 036
$QQXQFLDWRU 3RZHU 9'&
Power ACS annunciators from the four-wire smoke detector outputs, or from one of the NAC power outputs. All outputs provide the filtered, low-noise, power-limited source required by the annunciators. The power run to the annunciators is supervised by the annunciator (for a Loss of Communications error). Annunciator wiring must run separate from NAC wiring. You can use any of the NAC outputs, but do not connect an NAC to the output selected for powering the annunciators.
6\VWHP +DUQHVV &RQQHFWLRQV
Make system connections as follows as shown in Table 2-7:
For...
Connect...
Internal system power AMG-1 power
Signaling between the CPU and the MPS
The power harness (75396 for CAB-400AA/75395 for CAB 3 series) from J6 on the MPS to J6 on the CPU.
A power harness from J1 on the MPS to P1 on the AMG-1. You can feed this same power to other boards or modules that require internal power.
A power ribbon (75398 for CAB-400AA/75394 for CAB 3 series) to J2 on the MPS.
6\VWHP 3RZHU &RQQHFWLRQV
Table 2-7 System Harness Connections
Figure 2-16 contains a block diagram that shows system power connections between the MPS-400 and AFP-300/AFP-400 system components:
3RZHU +DUQHVV IRU &$%$$ IRU &$% VHULHV
3RZHU ULEERQ IRU &$%$$ IRU &$% VHULHV
3RZHU +DUQHVV RU
- &38
- 3RZHU +DUQHVV
Standard Optional
3
3 $0* RSWLRQDO
3 ))7 RSWLRQDO
- - 036 -
)LJXUH 6\VWHP 3RZHU +DUQHVV &RQQHFWLRQV
2-14
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Installing Expander Row Ribbon Cables for Panel Modules
,QVWDOODWLRQ
,QVWDOOLQJ([SDQGHU5RZ5LEERQ&DEOHVIRU3DQHO0RGXOHV
Expander Row Ribbon Cables (PN 71088) connect panel modules (ICM-4, CRM-4, VCM-4) to the CPU. Figure 2-17, Figure 2-18, and Figure 2-19 show typical wiring connections using Row Ribbon Cables.
,QVWDOOLQJ5RZ5LEERQ&DEOHVIRU&$%%&$%&DQG&$%' &DELQHWV
Figure 2-17 shows typical wiring connections using Expander Row Ribbon Cables to connect the CPU to two rows of panel modules. In Figure 2-17, P indicates a panel module. For example, P1.1 indicates panel module 1, circuit number 1.
([SDQGHU 5RZ 5LEERQ &DEOH 31
&38 RQO\ 1&
1&
*URXS RI SDQHO PRGXOHV LQ ILUVW FDELQHW URZ
- ILUVW PRGXOH URZ
- VHFRQG PRGXOH URZ
&38
3²3
3²3
([SDQGHU 5RZ 5LEERQ &DEOH 31
*URXS RI SDQHO PRGXOHV LQ VHFRQG FDELQHW URZ
3²3
3²3
3²3
3²3
)LJXUH ,QVWDOOLQJ ([SDQGHU 5RZ 5LEERQ &DEOHV &$%%²&$%'
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-15
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Installing Expander Row Ribbon Cables for Panel Modules
,QVWDOOLQJ5RZ5LEERQ&DEOHVIRU&$%&DQG&$%'&DELQHWV
Figure 2-18 shows typical wiring connections to connect the CPU to two rows of panel modules.
1RWH ,Q WKH ILJXUH ´3µ LQGLFDWHV D SDQHO PRGXOH )RU H[DPSOH 3 LQGLFDWHV SDQHO PRGXOH FLUFXLW QXPEHU
&38 RQO\
([SDQGHU 5RZ 5LEERQ &DEOH 31
*URXS RI SDQHO PRGXOHV LQ VHFRQG FDELQHW URZ
3²3
3²3
([SDQGHU 5RZ 5LEERQ &DEOH 31
3²3
3²3
*URXS RI SDQHO PRGXOHV LQ WKLUG FDELQHW URZ
3²3
3²3
3²3
3²3
)LJXUH ,QVWDOOLQJ ([SDQGHU 5RZ 5LEERQ &DEOHV &$%& DQG &$%'
2-16
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Installing Expander Row Ribbon Cables for Panel Modules
,QVWDOODWLRQ
,QVWDOOLQJ5RZ5LEERQ&DEOHVIRUD&$%$$&DELQHW
Figure 2-19 shows typical wiring of the CPU to a row of panel modules:
1RWH ,Q WKH ILJXUH ´3µ LQGLFDWHV D SDQHO PRGXOH )RU H[DPSOH 3 LQGLFDWHV SDQHO PRGXOH FLUFXLW QXPEHU
&38 RQO\
- QRW XVHG
- PRGXOH URZ
)LUVW ([SDQGHU 5RZ &$%$$ 5LEERQ &DEOH 31
3²3
)LJXUH ,QVWDOOLQJ DQ ([SDQGHU 5RZ 5LEERQ &DEOH &$%$$
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-17
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Installing the CPU
,QVWDOOLQJWKH&38
,QVWDOOLQJWKH&38LQWRD&KDVVLV
To install the CPU into a chassis, follow these steps.
1. Insert the two tabs of the CPU module into the two left-most chassis slots, angling the front end of the module into position as in Figure 2-20:
&+6 &KDVVLV
&38
6ORWV
)LJXUH ,QVHUWLQJ D &38 LQWR D &KDVVLV
2. Push the back end of the module down into the cabinet and pull down until the upper board engages the slots on the chassis as shown in Figure 2-21:
0RGXOH VFUHZV SODFHV
6ORWV
)LJXUH 6HFXULQJ D &38 WR D &KDVVLV
3. Align the module screws with the thread-holes on the chassis and secure in place.
2-18
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Installing the CPU
,QVWDOODWLRQ
&RQQHFWLQJWKH&38WRWKH036
Connect the CPU to the MPS-400 using the Power Harness and the Power Ribbon Cable as shown in Figure 2-22:
&38 3RZHU
&38 RQO\
-
3RZHU +DUQHVV
&$%$$
&$%
- 6LJQDO
&38
3RZHU 5LEERQ &DEOH
&$%$$
&$%
- -
036
3LQ 6WULSH
- $X[LOLDU\ 7URXEOH &DEOH VHH QRWH - 6HFXULW\ 7DPSHU 6ZLWFK XVHG DV D MXPSHU RQ QRQVHFXULW\ V\VWHPV VHH QRWH - =RQH &RGHU ,QSXW VHH QRWH
1RWH 5HIHU WR 6HFWLRQ ´$SSOLFDWLRQVµ IRU LQVWUXFWLRQV RQ XVLQJ FRQQHFWRUV - - DQG -
)LJXUH &RQQHFWLQJ WKH &38 WR WKH 036
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-19
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Mounting Expander Modules (CRE-4, ICE-4, VCE-4)
0RXQWLQJ([SDQGHU0RGXOHV&5(,&(9&(
Table 2-8 contains illustrations and instructions for mounting an expander module to a CRM-4, ICM-4, or VCM-4 module:
Step
Action
1
Remove one module support screw
and set it aside for later use.
0RGXOH VXSSRUW
VFUHZ
2
Replace the module support screw
with one module standoff.
0RGXOH VWDQGRII
3
Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the three remaining module support screws.
4
Insert pins on the Expander Module
into connector on the module. Make
([SDQGHU 0RGXOH
sure the pins are in line; then, press
the two boards together until the
boards snap into place.
0RGXOH
5
Install the four module support
screws (removed earlier) through the
back of the Expander Module and 0RGXOH VXSSRUW
into the standoffs.
VFUHZ
2-20
www.PDF-Zoo.com
Table 2-8 Installing an Expander Module
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Mounting Panel Modules (CRM-4, ICM-4, VCM-4) onto a Chassis
,QVWDOODWLRQ
0RXQWLQJ3DQHO0RGXOHV&50,&09&0 RQWRD&KDVVLV
To install a module onto a CHS-4 chassis, follow these steps.
1. Angle the module into the chassis so that the upper board edge slips into the chassis slots as shown in Figure 2-23:
&KDVVLV
6ORWV
)LJXUH ,QVHUWLQJ D 0RGXOH WR D &+6 &KDVVLV
2. Push the upper end of the module into the slots in the chassis. Secure the module to the chassis with the two module screws (Figure 2-24).
0RGXOH VFUHZ
)LJXUH 6HFXULQJ D 0RGXOH WR D &+6 &KDVVLV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-21
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Installing a 4XTM Module (Remote Station Fire Alarm)
,QVWDOOLQJD;700RGXOH5HPRWH6WDWLRQ)LUH$ODUP
0RXQWLQJWKH0RGXOH
Install the 4XTM module by following these steps:
Step Action
1
Install the standoffs (provided) into the holes next to TB1 on the MPS-400 board.
2
Carefully align the pins on the MPS-400 PC board with the connector on the 4XTM
board.
3
Press firmly on the 4XTM board until the board locks in place on the standoffs.
4
Screw the 4XTM board to the standoffs.
Table 2-9 Mounting a 4XTM Module Figure 2-25 shows where to mount a 4XTM module on the MPS-400 board:
6WDQGRII
7%
;70
036
)LJXUH 0RXQWLQJ D ;70 0RGXOH
;70(OHFWULFDO5HTXLUHPHQWV
Electrical requirements for local energy municipal Box service (NFPA 72-1993 Auxiliary Protective Fire Alarm System) are:
Supervisory current
5.0 mA
Trip current Coil voltage
0.35 A (subtracted from NAC power) 3.65 VDC
Coil resistance
14.6 ohms
1RWH 7KH /RFDO (QHUJ\ 0XQLFLSDO %R[ &LUFXLW LV QRQSRZHUOLPLWHG 0DLQWDLQ DW OHDVW D LQFK VSDFLQJ EHWZHHQ WKH 0XQLFLSDO %R[ &LUFXLW ZLULQJ DQG DOO SRZHUOLPLWHG FLUFXLW ZLULQJ
Electrical requirements for remote station service (NFPA 72-1993 Remote Station Protective Fire Alarm System) are:
Wire resistance (panel and trip coil)
Maximum of 3.0 ohms
Maximum load for each circuit
10 mA
Reverse polarity output voltage
24 VDC (nominal) 28 VDC (max)
2-22
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Installing a 4XTM Module (Remote Station Fire Alarm)
,QVWDOODWLRQ
&RQQHFWLQJWKH;700RGXOH
Push the Disconnect Switch (Figure 2-26) down to prevent unwanted activation of the Municipal Box during testing of the control panel.
· The 4XTM Disconnect LED lights while the Municipal Box is disconnected; and
· The CPU System Trouble LED lights to indicate disconnected and/or open circuit conditions on the Municipal Box.
During trouble conditions, you can transmit a trouble indication through an open circuit signal on the Alarm Reverse-Polarity output. Do this by cutting the TBL jumper (Figure 2-26). Figure 2-26 shows connections to the 4XTM with polarities shown in the activated position:
7%/ -XPSHU 'LVFRQQHFW 6ZLWFK
5HPRWH $ODUP
SRZHUOLPLWHG
²
5HPRWH 7URXEOH
SRZHUOLPLWHG
²
1R FRQQHFWLRQ
0XQLFLSDO %R[
²
QRQSRZHUOLPLWHG
:LULQJ IURP WKHVH WHUPLQDOV FDQ H[LW WKH SURWHFWHG SUHPLVHV
'LVFRQQHFW /('
)LJXUH ;70 7UDQVPLWWHU 0RGXOH 3RODULWLHV VKRZQ LQ DFWLYDWHG SRVLWLRQV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-23
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Installing a UZC-256 Module
,QVWDOOLQJD8=&0RGXOH
2YHUYLHZ
You can mount the UZC-256 into a CAB-X3 or a CAB-400AA. This section shows how to install the UZC-256 both ways. For information on configuring the UZC-256 module, refer to Section 5, "Applications."
&$%; ,QVWDOODWLRQ
The UZC-256 mounts beneath the third and fourth modules on the CHS-4 chassis, to the right of the CPU. Install the module as follows:
1. Thread the supplied three hex standoffs to the mounting studs on the CHS-4 chassis (Figure 2-27).
0RGXOH
&+6
&+6 &KDVVLV
,QVHUWLQJ Q\ORQ VWDQGRII DQG VHOIWDSSLQJ VFUHZ
8=& 0RGXOH
0RXQWLQJ VFUHZV WKUHH SODFHV +H[ VWDQGRII WKUHH SODFHV
&$%$$ ,QVWDOODWLRQ
)LJXUH 0RXQWLQJ D 8=& WR D &+6
2. Place the module onto the CHS-4 as shown in Figure 2-27; then, insert and tighten the mounting screws.
You can also mount the module to the upper right corner of the CAB-400AA Series cabinet as follows:
1. Place the module into the CAB-400AA as shown in Figure 2-28.
&$%$$ &DELQHW
0RGXOH
&$%$$
8=& 0RGXOH
6HOIWDSSLQJ VFUHZ WKUHH SODFHV
,QVHUWLQJ Q\ORQ VWDQGRII DQG VHOIWDSSLQJ VFUHZ
)LJXUH 0RXQWLQJ WKH 8=& LQWR D &$%$$ &DELQHW
2. Attach the module to the CAB-400AA with the self-tapping screws.
2-24
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Field-Wiring the Modules
,QVWDOODWLRQ
)LHOG:LULQJWKH0RGXOHV
This section contains instructions for the following: · Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) Wiring · Field-wiring a ICM-4 and an ICE-4 (NFPA Style Y and Z) · Field-wiring a CRM-4 and the CRE-4 · Field-wiring the MPS-400 Power Supply · Field-wiring an ARM-4
1RWH 7RWDO LQ WKHVH ILJXUHV DVVXPHV WKDW QR QRWLILFDWLRQ DSSOLDQFH SRZHU LV GUDZQ IRU DQ\ RWKHU SXUSRVH
1RWLILFDWLRQ$SSOLDQFH&LUFXLW1$& :LULQJ
The total current available from any group of Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs) cannot exceed the following: · 3.0 A when powered from the AVPS-24; or · 1.25 A when powered from an MPS-400 output. Figure 2-29 shows the bottom wire connections of the ICM-4 and the ICE-4 modules:
%ODFN ZLUH ² %OXH ZLUH
&RQQHFWRU 2ULHQWDWLRQ
036 %HOO 3RZHU +DUQHVV
)LJXUH ,&0,&( &RQQHFWRU
7\SLFDO 3RZHU 6XSSO\ 1RWLILFDWLRQ $SSOLDQFH &LUFXLW &RQILJXUDWLRQV
036,&01$&&RQILJXUDWLRQV
Figure 2-30, Figure 2-31, Figure 2-32, Figure 2-33, and Figure 2-34 show typical power supply (MPS-400 and AVPS-24) to NAC configurations.
036
036 %HOO 3RZHU +DUQHVV 7% DQG 7% $
-
-
,&0
- ,&(
(LJKW 1$& &LUFXLWV WKDW VKDUH $
)LJXUH 036 1$& &RQILJXUDWLRQ (LJKW 1$&V
Figure 2-31 shows a block diagram that uses four NACs:
036
036 %HOO 3RZHU +DUQHVV 7% DQG 7% $
- ,&0
-
7ZR 1$& FLUFXLWV WKDW VKDUH $ IURP 036 7% DQG 7%
7ZR 1$& FLUFXLWV WKDW VKDUH $ IURP 036 7% DQG 7%
7% DQG 7% $
)LJXUH 036 1$& &RQILJXUDWLRQ )RXU &LUFXLWV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-25
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
$936,&0 1$& &RQILJXUDWLRQV
Field-Wiring the Modules
Figure 2-32 shows a block diagram that uses four NACs:
036 %HOO 3RZHU +DUQHVV 7% DQG 7% $
036 7%
- ,&0
7ZR 1$& FLUFXLWV WKDW VKDUH $ IURP 036 7% DQG 7%
036 %HOO 3RZHU +DUQHVV 7% DQG 7% $
- ,&0
7ZR 1$& FLUFXLWV WKDW VKDUH $ IURP 036 7% DQG 7%
)LJXUH 036 1$& &RQILJXUDWLRQ )RXU &LUFXLWV
Figure 2-33 shows typical NAC configurations using AVPS-24 power supplies:
$936 $X[LOLDU\ %HOO 3RZHU &DEOH - $936 3 $
,&0
$936 $X[LOLDU\ %HOO 3RZHU &DEOH $936 3 $
- - ,&0 -
,&0
)RXU 1$&V WKDW VKDUH $ RI RQH $936 (LJKW 1$&V WKDW VKDUH WKH WRWDO $ RI WKH VHFRQG $936
$936
-
$X[LOLDU\ %HOO 3RZHU &DEOH
,&0
$936 3 $
)RXU 1$&V WKDW VKDUH $ RI RQH $936
$936 $X[LOLDU\ %HOO 3RZHU &DEOH
-
,&0
$936 3 $
)RXU 1$&V WKDW VKDUH $ RI RQH $936
)LJXUH $936 1$& &RQILJXUDWLRQ
Figure 2-34 shows a block diagram that uses two AVPS-24 power supplies to power an
ICM-4 or ICE-4). If doing this, cut jumpers JP1 and JP2 located above J5 and J6:
-3
-3
-
-
$936 $936
,&0,&( -XPSHUV - ,&0 -
7ZR FLUFXLWV WKDW VKDUH $ RI RQH $936 7ZR FLUFXLWV WKDW VKDUH $ RI RQH $936
)LJXUH $936 1$& &RQILJXUDWLRQ 7ZR $936V
2-26
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Field-Wiring the Modules
,QVWDOODWLRQ
)LHOG:LULQJDQ,&0DQGDQ,&(1)3$6W\OH<DQG=
Guidelines for field-wiring include the following:
· Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs) are supervised, power-limited, and can connect to an energy-limited cable.
· Use only the compatible, UL-listed notification appliances listed in the Device Compatibility Document.
· Wire notification appliances according to the manufacturer's instructions.
· Maximum current per circuit is 3.0 A. Maximum current per module depends on the type of power supply (MPS-400 or AVPS-24).
· Canadian installations require model N-ELR End-of-Line Resistor Assembly (Style Y only).
· Size NAC wiring so the voltage drop does not exceed the minimum rated voltage of the notification appliance used as the last device on the circuit.
· For zone coded applications, refer to the UZC-256 manual.
· The ICM-4 is California Code programmable (microprocessor Rev. B or higher). To program for California Code, cut diode D35.
7\SLFDO 1)3$ 6W\OH < 1$&
7\SLFDO 1)3$ 6W\OH = 1$&
. ZDWW (/5 31
8/OLVWHG 9'& 3RODUL]HG %HOOV
-XPSHUV IRU XQXVHG FLUFXLWV
-XPSHUV IRU XQXVHG FLUFXLWV
8/OLVWHG 9'& 3RODUL]HG +RUQV
% $ $¤ %¤ % $ $¤ %¤
% $ $¤ %¤ % $ $¤ %¤
/IS]OXK )LJXUH )LHOG:LULQJ DQ ,&0
Positions E, F, G, and H are active only with the ICE-4 installed. You can also install a CRE-4 module on the ICM-4, connected as shown in Figure 2-36:
,&( PRGXOH
,&0 PRGXOH
)LJXUH )LHOG:LULQJ DQ ,&(
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-27
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
&50 DQG &5( :LULQJ *XLGHOLQHV
&50 DQG &5( &RQQHFWLRQV
Field-Wiring the Modules
)LHOG:LULQJD&50DQGWKH&5(
· These Form-C silver alloy relay contacts are for medium duty switching or pilot duty (Figure 2-37).
· UL contact ratings are 5 A @ 125 VAC (resistive) or 30 VDC (resistive) and 2 A @ 125 VAC (inductive). For more information, refer to Appendix F, UL Power-limited Wiring Requirements.
· Activation of a CRM-4 or CRE-4 relay occurs automatically when an alarm is detected on a selected (programmed) Initiating Device Circuit.
· Positions E, F, G, and H are active only with the CRE-4 board installed. Figure 2-37 shows typical connections for field-wiring a CRM-4/CRE-4 module:
2SWLRQDO &5( &RQWURO 5HOD\ ([SDQGHU
7\SLFDO FRQQHFWLRQV IRU D W\SLFDO )RUP& FRQWURO 5HOD\ LQ VWDQGE\ SRVLWLRQ
&50
2-28
www.PDF-Zoo.com
)LJXUH )LHOG:LULQJ D &50&5( 0RGXOH
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Field-Wiring the Modules
,QVWDOODWLRQ
$936 :LULQJ 2YHUYLHZ
)LHOG:LULQJDQ2SWLRQDO$9363RZHU6XSSO\
This section covers wiring an AVPS-24. Use TB2 terminals for a power circuit run to CMX control modules. Table 2-10 lists connections between the AVPS-24 and the MPS-400. For wiring, see Figure 2-38, Figure 2-39, or both.
$936 :LULQJ 'LDJUDPV
AVPS-24 Pin
Function
Connect to MPS-400...
TB1-1
Earth ground in
Chassis or earth ground terminal
TB1-2
Secondary power (24 VDC) positive (+) connection TB1-6 (+)
TB1-3 TB1-4 TB1-5 TB1-6
Secondary power (24 VDC) negative () connection Primary power (120 VAC) neutral connection Primary power (120 VAC) hot connection Earth ground out
TB1-7 () TB-2 (neutral) TB1-4 (hot) TB1-3 (earth ground)
Table 2-10 AVPS-24 to MPS-400 Connections
Plug the Auxiliary Bell Power Harness to the connector J5 on the ICM-4 or the ICE-4 NAC modules as shown in Figure 2-38:
,&0 PRGXOH
1RWH 7KH $X[LOLDU\ %HOO 3RZHU +DUQHVV SURYLGHV 9'& VSHFLDO SXUSRVH SRZHU XQILOWHUHG XQUHJXODWHG SRZHUOLPLWHG $ PD[LPXP WR 1$& PRGXOHV
%OXH ZLUH $X[LOLDU\ %HOO 3RZHU +DUQHVV 31
$936 PRGXOH
,&( PRGXOH %ODFN ZLUH
7HUPLQDO 7%
7R - $X[ 7URXEOH RQ WKH 036
7URXEOH /('
7HUPLQDO 7%
)LJXUH :LULQJ DQ $936 WR DQ ,&( RU DQ ,&0
Figure 2-39 shows a block diagram for connecting or changing multiple AVPS-24 power supplies:
7R - $X[ 7URXEOH RQ WKH 036
)LUVW $936
/DVW $936
)LJXUH :LULQJ 0XOWLSOH $936V
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-29
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Field-Wiring the Modules
)LHOG :LULQJ 2YHUYLHZ
1RWH 5HIHU WR WKH 'HYLFH &RPSDWLELOLW\ 'RFXPHQW IRU GHWHFWRU DQG SRZHU VXSHUYLVLRQ UHOD\V
)LHOG:LULQJ)RXU:LUH6PRNH'HWHFWRUV6W\OH%DQG6W\OH'
This section shows how to wire initiating devices which require 24 VDC operating power. Figure 2-41 shows wiring for Style D connections and Figure 2-42 shows wiring for Style B connections.
1. Connect the Power Supervision Relay coil (A77-716B) leads to the last detector base 24 VDC screw terminal.
2. Calculate the maximum allowable resistance in the 24 VDC detector power wiring as follows:
5PD[
9RP 1 ,V 1$ ,D ,U
Where:
Rmax Vom
N Is NA
Ia Ir
the maximum resistance of the 24 VDC wires. the minimum operating voltage of the detector or end-of-line relay-- whichever is greater--in volts. the total number of detectors on the 24 VDC supply circuit. the detector current in standby. the number of detectors on the 24 VDC power circuit which must function at the same time in alarm. the detector current in alarm. the end of line relay current.
)LHOG :LULQJ 6W\OH '
)LJXUH &DOFXODWLQJ 0D[ $OORZDEOH 5HVLVWDQFH
Figure 2-41 shows typical field-wiring for four-wire detectors (Style D):
1RWH $OO FRQQHFWLRQV DUH VXSHUYLVHG DQG SRZHUOLPLWHG 5HIHU WR WKH 'HYLFH &RPSDWLELOLW\ 'RFXPHQW IRU GHWHFWRU DQG SRZHU VXSHUYLVLRQ UHOD\V
00;
9'& )RXU:LUH 'HWHFWRU 3RZHU
8/OLVWHG 9'& )RXU :LUH 6PRNH 'HWHFWRUV
8/OLVWHG 3RZHU 6XSHUYLVLRQ 5HOD\
)LHOG :LULQJ 6W\OH %
)LJXUH :LULQJ )RXU:LUH 6PRNH 'HWHFWRUV 6W\OH '
Figure 2-42 shows typical field-wiring for four-wire detectors (Style B):
1RWH $OO FRQQHFWLRQV DUH VXSHUYLVHG DQG SRZHUOLPLWHG 5HIHU WR WKH 'HYLFH &RPSDWLELOLW\ 'RFXPHQW IRU GHWHFWRU DQG SRZHU VXSHUYLVLRQ UHOD\V
00;
. ZDWW (/5 31
9'& )RXU:LUH 'HWHFWRU 3RZHU
8/OLVWHG 9'& )RXU :LUH 6PRNH 'HWHFWRUV
8/OLVWHG 3RZHU 6XSHUYLVLRQ 5HOD\
)LJXUH :LULQJ )RXU:LUH 6PRNH 'HWHFWRUV 6W\OH %
2-30
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Field-Wiring the Modules
,QVWDOODWLRQ
2YHUYLHZ
1RWH )RU PRUH LQIRUPDWLRQ UHIHU WR $SSHQGL[ ) 8/ 3RZHUOLPLWHG :LULQJ 5HTXLUHPHQWV
)LHOG:LULQJWKH$X[LOLDU\5HOD\0RGXOH$50
This section provides terminal assignments for ARM-4 module control relays K1-K4, which control nonpower-limited circuits. Wiring requirements follow:
· Power-limited and nonpower-limited circuit wiring must remain separated in the cabinet.
· All power-limited circuit wiring must remain at least 0.25 in. away from any nonpower-limited circuit wiring.
· All power-limited and nonpower-limited circuit wiring must enter and exit the cabinet though different knockouts, conduits, or both.
Table 2-11 contains contact ratings for relays K1-K4 on the ARM-4 module:
$50 7HUPLQDO $VVLJQPHQWV
Resistive Load
Contacts
N.O.
N.C.
125 VAC 30 VDC
20 A
10 A
20 A
10 A
Table 2-11 Contact Ratings for K1-K4 on the ARM-4 Module Figure 2-43 shows terminal assignments for control relays on the ARM-4 module:
1& 12 &
.
1R &RQQHFWLRQ
1& 12 &
.
.
1& 12 &
.
1& 12 &
)LJXUH $50 0RGXOH 7HUPLQDO $VVLJQPHQWV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-31
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Field-Wiring the Modules
!$
4,7/
)LHOG:LULQJWKH0363RZHU6XSSO\
:DUQLQJ 6HYHUDO VRXUFHV RI SRZHU FDQ EH FRQQHFWHG WR WKH FRQWURO SDQHO %HIRUH
VHUYLFLQJ WKH FRQWURO SDQHO GLVFRQQHFW DOO VRXUFHV RI LQSXW SRZHU :KLOH HQHUJL]HG WKH
FRQWURO SDQHO DQG DVVRFLDWHG HTXLSPHQW FDQ EH GDPDJHG E\ UHPRYLQJ DQGRU LQVHUWLQJ
FDUGV PRGXOHV RU LQWHUFRQQHFWLQJ FDEOHV
Figure 2-44 shows the terminal blocks, NACs, switches, and connectors used to wire the MPS-400 power supply:
3LQRXWV IRU 7% (DUWK *URXQG 1HXWUDO (DUWK +RW 0RXQWLQJ 9'& EDWWHU\ ² 9'& EDWWHU\ 5HIHU WR ´$& DQG %DWWHU\ 3RZHU &RQQHFWLRQV 036µ RQ SDJH
3LQRXWV IRU 7% $ PD[ QRQUHVHWWDEOH ² $ PD[ QRQUHVHWWDEOH $ PD[ QRQUHVHWWDEOH ² $ PD[ QRQUHVHWWDEOH $ PD[ UHVHWWDEOH ² $ PD[ UHVHWWDEOH 5HIHU WR ´'& 3RZHU 2XWSXW &RQQHFWLRQV 036 µ RQ SDJH
3LQRXWV IRU 7%7% GU\ FRQWDFW UHOD\V 12 &RQWDFW 1& &RQWDFW & 5HIHU WR :LULQJ 036 2XWSXW &LUFXLWV RQ SDJH
3LQRXWV IRU 7%7% 1$& 5HOHDVLQJ RXWSXW VRXUFH ² 1$& 5HOHDVLQJ RXWSXW VRXUFH 1$& &ODVV $ UHWXUQ ² 1$& &ODVV $ UHWXUQ 5HIHU WR :LULQJ 036 2XWSXW &LUFXLWV RQ SDJH
7%
7%
7% 7%
7%7%
2-32
www.PDF-Zoo.com
036 -XPSHUV -3 &XW WR HQDEOH ORFDO FKDUJHU -3 &XW WR GLVDEOH *URXQG )DXOW GHWHFWLRQ -3 &XW ZKHQ XVLQJ RSWLRQDO ;70 ERDUG 036 6ZLWFKHV 6 9ROWDJH 6HOHFW 6ZLWFK 6HW WR PDWFK LQFRPLQJ OLQH YROWDJH 6 8VH WR VHOHFW 7% WR 6XSHUYLVRU\ RU $ODUP 6 8VH WR VHOHFW 7% WR 6HFXULW\ RU $ODUP )RU PRUH LQIRUPDWLRQ UHIHU WR :LULQJ 036 2XWSXW &LUFXLWV RQ SDJH
- 7DPSHU 6ZLWFK - $X[LOLDU\ 7URXEOH - =RQH &RGHU LQSXW 5HIHU WR 6HFWLRQ ´$SSOLFDWLRQVµ IRU LQVWUXFWLRQV RQ XVLQJ FRQQHFWRUV - - RU -
)LJXUH 036 %RDUG '& 3RZHU 2XWSXW &RQQHFWLRQV 036
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Field-Wiring the Modules
,QVWDOODWLRQ
'& 3RZHU 2XWSXW &RQQHFWLRQV 036
MPS-400 terminal TB2 provides three power outputs (each output is power-limited), shown in Figure 2-45:
1RQUHVHWWDEOH 3RZHU &LUFXLW
1RQUHVHWWDEOH 3RZHU &LUFXLW
)RXU:LUH 6PRNH 'HWHFWRU 3RZHU
1RWH $OO '& SRZHU RXWSXWV DUH SRZHUOLPLWHG
$& DQG %DWWHU\ 3RZHU &RQQHFWLRQV 036
)LJXUH 036 7% '& 2XWSXWV
Non-resettable Power (Circuits 1 and 2) The MPS-400 provides two 24 VDC filtered, low-noise, non-resettable power, 1.25 A circuits (TB2 terminals 1 and 2 for circuit 1; TB2 terminals 3 and 4 for circuit 2). Use these circuits to power notification appliances, annunciators, and other devices that require low-noise 24 VDC power.
Four-Wire Smoke Detector Power TB2 terminals 5 (+) and 6 () provide 24 VDC filtered, low-noise, resettable power for four-wire smoke detectors.
Primary power required for the control panel is 120 VAC or 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 3 A. Overcurrent protection for this circuit must comply with Article 760 of the National Electrical Code (NEC) and/or local codes. Use 14 AWG or larger wire with a 600-volt rating.
:DUQLQJ %HIRUH DSSO\LQJ $& SRZHU VHW WKH 99 9ROWDJH 6HOHFW 6ZLWFK6
WR PDWFK WKH LQFRPLQJ $& OLQH YROWDJH
&DXWLRQ %DWWHU\ FRQWDLQV VXOIXULF DFLG ZKLFK FDQ FDXVH VHYHUH EXUQV WR WKH VNLQ DQG
H\HV DQG FDQ GHVWUR\ IDEULFV ,I FRQWDFW LV PDGH ZLWK VXOIXULF DFLG LPPHGLDWHO\ IOXVK VNLQ RU H\HV ZLWK ZDWHU IRU PLQXWHV DQG VHHN LPPHGLDWH PHGLFDO DWWHQWLRQ
Once the system is installed, calculate the proper battery rating (Refer to Appendix G, Power Supply Calculations). Observe polarity when connecting batteries. Connect the battery cable to terminal TB1 on the MPS-400. Because AC and battery wiring are not power-limited, maintain at least 0.25 in. between power-limited and nonpower-limited wiring. For more information on power limiting, refer to Appendix F, UL Power-limited Wiring Requirements.
Figure 2-46 shows the terminal connections to TB1 on the MPS-400:
)LJXUH 036 7HUPLQDO 7% &RQQHFWLRQV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-33
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Field-Wiring the Modules
:LULQJ 036 2XWSXW &LUFXLWV
1RWLILFDWLRQ $SSOLDQFH &LUFXLWV 1$&V The MPS-400 provides four NACs (Style Y or Z). Each circuit can provide 2.5 A of current--but the total current drawn from the MPS-400 cannot exceed 6.0 A (refer to Table G-2). Use UL-listed 24 VDC notification appliances only (Refer to the Device Compatibility Document). Figure 2-47 shows MPS-400 NAC/releasing terminals and typical connections:
1RWH 2XWSXW FLUFXLWV DUH VXSHUYLVHG DQG SRZHUOLPLWHG 5HIHU WR 1RWLILHU 'HYLFH &RPSDWLELOLW\ 'RFXPHQW IRU D OLVW RI FRPSDWLEOH QRWLILFDWLRQ DSSOLDQFHV
7%²7% ² 1$&5HOHDVLQJ 1$&5HOHDVLQJ RXWSXW VRXUFH ² 1$&5HOHDVLQJ RXWSXW VRXUFH 1$& &ODVV $ UHWXUQ ² 1$& &ODVV $ UHWXUQ (DFK FLUFXLW LV SRZHUOLPLWHG
DQG VXSHUYLVHG 3RODULW\ VKRZQ LQ DODUP
(/5 . : VXSSOLHG ZLWK WKH 036
8QXVHG &LUFXLWV
6W\OH < &ODVV % &RQQHFWLRQ
6W\OH = &ODVV $ &RQQHFWLRQ
)LJXUH 1RWLILFDWLRQ $SSOLDQFH5HOHDVLQJ &LUFXLW &RQQHFWLRQV
5HOHDVLQJ &LUFXLWV You can program any Notification Appliance Circuit as a releasing circuit. For more information, refer to "Releasing Applications" on page 5-18 and the AFP-300/AFP-400 Programming Manual. Refer to the Notifier Device Compatibility Document, for a list of compatible releasing devices.
6WDQGDUG 5HOD\V The control panel provides a set of Form-C alarm and a set of Form-C trouble contacts rated for 2.0 A @ 30 VDC (resistive). The control panel also provides a Form-C Supervisory contact and a Form-C Security contact rated for 2.0 A @ 30 VDC (resistive). (Supervisory and Security contacts can be set to Alarm contacts using switches SW4 and SW5. Figure 2-48 shows the MPS-400 relay outputs and switches:
036
2-34
www.PDF-Zoo.com
6: VHW WR 6XSHUYLVRU\ 6: VHW WR 6HFXULW\
)LJXUH 036 5HOD\ &RQQHFWLRQV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Installing Remote Printers and CRTs
,QVWDOODWLRQ
,QVWDOOLQJ5HPRWH3ULQWHUVDQG&57V
5HPRWH3ULQWHUV
1RWH <RX FDQ DOVR XVH WKH (,$ SULQWHU LQWHUIDFH ZLWK ('3OLVWHG HTXLSPHQW VXFK DV SHUVRQDO FRPSXWHUV WR PRQLWRU WKH FRQWURO SDQHO IRU VXSSOHPHQWDU\ SXUSRVHV
The PRN-4 remote printer prints a copy of all status changes within the control panel and time-stamps the printout with current time of day and date. The PRN-4 provides 80 columns of data on standard 9" by 11" tractor-feed paper. This section contains information for setting the printer options and connecting a printer to the control panel.
6HWWLQJ3512SWLRQV
Refer to the documentation supplied with the PRN-4 for instructions on using the printer menu controls. Set the printer options (under the menu area) according to the settings listed in Table 2-12:
Option
L/R Adjust Font LPI ESC Character Bidirectional Copy
CG-TAB Country Auto CR
Color Option Formlen Lines Standard
CPI Skip Emulate I/O Buffer Serial Baud Format Protocol Character Set S1. Zero Auto LF MENULOCK PAPER BIN 1 BIN 2 SINGLE PUSH TRA PULL TRA PAP ROLL PAPOPT
Setting
0 HS Draft 6 CPI ESC ON
Graphic E-USE ASCII 1S
Not Installed
6 LPI-60 Executive 10.5"
10 CPI 0.5 Epson
36K
2400 7 Bit, Even, 1 Stop XON/XOFF Standard On Off
12/72" 12/72" 12/72" 12/72" 12/72" 12/72" No
Table 2-12 PRN-4 Setup Options
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-35
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
,QVWDOOLQJ D 351 5HPRWH 3ULQWHU
1RWH 2XWSXWV DUH SRZHUOLPLWHG EXW DUH QRW VXSHUYLVHG
Installing Remote Printers and CRTs
Remote printers require a 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz primary power source and a secondary power source (battery backup). Because a secondary power source is not provided, use a separate Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) that is UL-listed for Fire Protective Signaling. Install the remote printer to the control panel as follows:
1. Make a custom cable for connecting the printer EIA-232 port to CPU TB1 (Printer) using the wiring specifications shown in Figure 2-49:
PRN (EIA-232) TX (Pin 3) RX (Pin 2) REF (Pin 7)
PRN (EIA-232) CPU (TB1) TB1-1 TB1-2 TB1-3
)LJXUH 351 WR &38 &DEOH :LULQJ 6SHFLILFDWLRQV
2. Connect the cable between the CPU and the PRN-4 through an EIA-232 interface as shown in Figure 2-50:
3OXJ WKH '% FRQQHFWRU LQWR WKH (,$ SRUW RI WKH SULQWHU351
351
&38 )LJXUH 5HPRWH 3ULQWHU &RQQHFWLRQV
2-36
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Installing Remote Printers and CRTs
,QVWDOODWLRQ
,QVWDOOLQJ D .HOWURQ 3ULQWHU
Connect the printer cable to terminal TB1 on the CPU as shown in Figure 2-51: 1. Connect the DB-25 connector to the EIA-232 port of the Keltron printer. 2. Connect DC power from terminal TB2 on the MPS-400.
'% FRQQHFWRU RQ .HOWURQ 3ULQWHU
&38
9'& ²
.HOWURQ UHPRWH SULQWHU '& FRQQHFWLRQV WR 036 $:*
6HWWLQJ XS WKH .HOWURQ 3ULQWHU
7%
036
)LJXUH .HOWURQ 3ULQWHU &RQQHFWLRQV
Set up a Keltron printer as follows:
1. Connect the printer with overall foil/braided-shield twisted-pair cable suitable for EIA-232 applications (typically 50 feet maximum between the printer and the control panel is recommended). The printer communicates using the following protocol: Baud Rate: 2400 Parity: Even Data bits: 7
2. Set the printer DIP switches SP1 and SP2 according to settings in Table 2-13:
SP1 settings:
SP2 settings
DIP Switch SP1 SP1-1 SP1-2 SP1-3 SP1-4 SP1-5 SP1-6 SP1-7
On Off X
X X
X X
X X
DIP Switch SP2 SP2-1 SP2-2 SP2-3 SP2-4 SP2-5 SP2-6 SP2-7
On Off X X X
X X X
X
Table 2-13 Keltron DIP Switch Settings
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-37
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Installing Remote Printers and CRTs
,QVWDOOLQJD&57
Connect a CRT-2 to the CPU as follows:
1RWH )RU WHUPLQDO LQWHUIDFH DQG SURWRFRO LQIRUPDWLRQ UHIHU WR $SSHQGL[ (
1. Connect one end of the cable to terminal TB2 on the CPU. 2. Plug the DB-25 connector to the EIA-232 port of the CRT-2 (Table 2-14).
Connect
To CPU terminal...
TX (pin 3)
TB2-1
RX (pin 2) REF (pin 7)
TB2-2 TB2-3
Table 2-14 CRT-2 to CPU Connections Figure 2-52 shows typical connections between a CPU and a CRT-2:
'% FRQQHFWRU RQ &57
&38
)LJXUH &RQQHFWLQJ D &57
&RQQHFWLQJ0XOWLSOH3ULQWHUV&57VRU&57351&RPELQDWLRQ
Connecting Multiple Printers, CRT-2s, or a CRT-2/PRN Combination requires changing the CRT-2 setup using the F1 (Quick) menu:
· Set Host/Printer=EIA/AUX.
· Set EIA Data Format=8/1/N.
1RWH )RU GHWDLOHG LQIRUPDWLRQ RQ VHWWLQJ XS WKH &57 UHIHU WR $SSHQGL[ ( 7HUPLQDO ,QWHUIDFH 3URWRFRO
· If the Aux device is a printer, set the Printer and AUX Data Format=7/1/E. · If the AUX device is a second CRT-2, set the AUX Data Format=8/1/N. Connect multiple devices as shown in Figure 2-53:
WR &38 7% WR &38 7% WR &38 7%
7ZLVWHGSDLU
7R $8; 3RUW RI &57
7R (,$ 3RUW RI &57 ZLWK NH\ERDUG
2-38
www.PDF-Zoo.com
7R (,$ 3RUW RI QH[W &57 RU 351
)LJXUH &RQQHFWLQJ 0XOWLSOH 3ULQWHUV &57V RU &57351 &RPELQDWLRQV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Wiring a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC)
,QVWDOODWLRQ
:LULQJD6LJQDOLQJ/LQH&LUFXLW6/&
2YHUYLHZRI6/&:LULQJ
Communication between the control panel and intelligent and addressable initiating, monitor, and control devices takes place through a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC). You can wire an SLC loop to meet the requirements of NFPA Style 4, Style 6, or Style 7 circuits. This section covers the topics outlined in Table 2-15:
Topics
Refer to...
Setting an Address for an MMX or CMX Module Methods for terminating wiring leaving the control panel Wire Requirements for Two-Wire SLC
Wire Requirements for Four-Wire SLC
Wiring an ISO-X Isolator Module
Wiring a Conventional Initiating Device Circuit (IDC)
Wiring Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs)
Wiring an Intelligent Detector
Wiring a BX-101L Addressable Pull Station
Figure 2-68 on page 2-49.
"SLC Shield Termination" on page 2-42.
"Wire Requirements for a Two-Wire SLC" on page 2-43, which covers: Loop resistance for a Two-Wire SLC. Total wiring length for a Two-Wire SLC. Typical Wiring for a Two-Wire SLC.
"Wire Requirements for a Four-Wire SLC" on page 2-45, which covers: Loop resistance for a Four-wire SLC. Total wiring length for a Four-wire SLC. Typical Wiring for a Four-Wire SLC.
"Wiring an Isolator Module (ISO-X)" on page 2-48, which covers: Description of an ISO-X Module. Isolating a Branch of a Two-Wire SLC.
"Wiring an IDC with MMX Modules" on page 2-49, which covers: Description of Monitor Modules (MMX-1, MMX-2, MMX-101). Wiring a Two-Wire or Four-Wire IDC.
"SLC Wiring with CMX Modules" on page 2-55, which covers: Description of Control Modules (CMX). Wiring a CMX as Form-C Relay. Wiring a Two-Wire (Style Y). Wiring a four-wire NAC (Style Z).
"SLC Wiring with an Intelligent Detector" on page 2-60, which covers wiring a BX-101L in an SLC.
"SLC Wiring with a BX-101L Addressable Manual Pull Station" on page 2-61, which covers wiring an Intelligent Detector in an SLC.
Table 2-15 SLC Wiring Topics
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-39
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Wiring a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC)
1RWH 0D[LPXP ZLULQJ GLVWDQFH RI DQ 6/& ORRS 6W\OH IW $:* 6W\OH IW $:* WRWDO WZLVWHGSDLU
6/&'HYLFHV
Communication with intelligent and addressable initiating, monitor, and control devices takes place through a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC). You can wire an SLC to meet the requirements of NFPA Style 4, Style 6, or Style 7 circuits. Table 2-16 contains descriptions of devices connected to an SLC:
Type of Device
SLC Function
Isolator Modules (ISO-X)
Addressable Monitor Modules (MMX series)
Control Modules (CMX series)
Intelligent Detectors
Allows a zone of detectors and modules to be electrically isolated from the remainder of the loop, which lets critical loop components function if a circuit fails. ISO-X modules are required for NFPA Style 7 circuits.
Allows the control panel to monitor entire circuits of conventional, alarm initiating devices, such as manual pull stations, detectors, waterflow and supervisory devices. The BGX-101L (a type of monitor module) provides point annunciation of manual pull stations.
Allows the control panel to selectively activate Notification Appliance Circuits (NACs) or Form-C output relays.
Allows the control panel to communicate with intelligent ionization, photoelectric, and thermal detectors on the loop.
Table 2-16 SLC Devices
1RWH 5HIHU WR WKH LQVWDOODWLRQ GUDZLQJV VXSSOLHG ZLWK HDFK ORRS GHYLFH IRU UDWLQJ DQG VSHFLILFDWLRQ LQIRUPDWLRQ
&RQWURO3DQHO&DSDFLW\
Each control panel has the capacity to support the following:
!
99 intelligent detectors, 99 monitor/control modules, and up to 68 internal circuits/relays as shown in Figure 2-54:
6/& ² 8S WR LQWHOOLJHQW DGGUHVVDEOH GHYLFHV
)LJXUH $)3 &DSDFLW\
!
up to 198 intelligent detectors, and an additional combination of up to 198 addressable pull stations, control modules and monitor modules; and up to 68 internal circuits/relays as shown in Figure 2-55:
6/& ² 8S WR LQWHOOLJHQW DGGUHVVDEOH GHYLFHV
6/& ² 8S WR LQWHOOLJHQW DGGUHVVDEOH GHYLFHV
2-40
www.PDF-Zoo.com
)LJXUH $)3 &DSDFLW\
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Wiring a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC)
,QVWDOODWLRQ
6/&3HUIRUPDQFH
SLC performance depends on the type of circuit: Style 4, Style 6, or Style 7. Table 2-17 lists the trouble conditions that result when a fault exists on an SLC.
Fault in Loop
Style 4
Style 6
Style 7
Open
Trouble
Alarm/Trouble
Alarm/Trouble
Ground
Alarm/Trouble
Alarm /Trouble
Alarm/Trouble
Short
Trouble
Trouble
Alarm/Trouble
Short and open
Trouble
Trouble
Trouble
Short and ground
Trouble
Trouble
Alarm/Trouble
Open and ground
Trouble
Alarm /Trouble
Alarm/Trouble
Communications loss Trouble
Trouble
Trouble
· Trouble indicates a trouble signal will be generated at the control panel during the abnormal condition.
· Alarm/Trouble indicates an alarm signal can be transmitted to the control panel during the abnormal condition.
· SLC operation meeting Style 7 requirements isolates entire physical zones on the SLC from faults that occur within other areas of the SLC.
Table 2-17 SLC Performance
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-41
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Wiring a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC)
6/&6KLHOG7HUPLQDWLRQ
2YHUYLHZ All wiring leaving the control panel must be shielded. Figure 2-56, Figure 2-57, and Figure 2-58 show three methods of wiring termination, depending on the type of conduit used: a) no-conduit, b) full-conduit, and c) partial-conduit.
1R&RQGXLW 6KLHOG 7HUPLQDWLRQ Do not allow the shield drain wire to enter the system cabinet. Connect the drain wire to the outside of the cabinet using a cable connectors as shown in Figure 2-56:
1RWH 6FUDSH SDLQW DZD\ IURP WKH FDELQHW WR PDNH JRRG HOHFWULFDO FRQQHFWLRQV
6KLHOG 'UDLQ :LUH
&DELQHW 6/& 6/& ²
)LJXUH 6KLHOG 7HUPLQDWLRQ ² 1R &RQGXLW
)XOO&RQGXLW 6KLHOG 7HUPLQDWLRQ For Style 6 or Style 7 field-wiring of the SLC, connect each end of the shield to the negative side of the respective channel as shown in Figure 2-57:
1RWH 7KH VKLHOG GUDLQ ZLUH PXVW EH FRQQHFWHG WR WKH QHJDWLYH ² VLGH RI WKH ORRS 'R QRW OHW WKH VKLHOG GUDLQ ZLUH RU WKH VKLHOG IRLO WR WRXFK WKH V\VWHP FDELQHW
&DELQHW
6KLHOG 'UDLQ :LUH 7KH VKLHOG PXVW QRW EH FRQQHFWHG WR HDUWK JURXQG DW DQ\ SRLQW
6/&
6/& ²
)LJXUH 6KLHOG 7HUPLQDWLRQ ² )XOO &RQGXLW
3DUWLDO&RQGXLW 6KLHOG 7HUPLQDWLRQ Do not allow the shield drain wire to enter the system cabinet or the conduit. Connect the drain wire to the termination point of the conduit run.
1RWH ,I WKH OHQJWK RI FRQGXLW IURP WKH FRQWURO SDQHO FDELQHW H[FHHGV IHHW WHUPLQDWH WKH VKLHOG DV VKRZQ ,I XVLQJ D PHWDO ER[ \RX PXVW XVH D PHWDO FRQGXLW
6KLHOG 'UDLQ :LUH
2-42
www.PDF-Zoo.com
&DELQHW
6/& 6/& ²
)LJXUH 6KLHOG 7HUPLQDWLRQ ² 3DUWLDO &RQGXLW
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Wiring a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC)
,QVWDOODWLRQ
0HDVXULQJ /RRS 5HVLVWDQFH IRU D 7ZR :LUH 6/&
:LUH5HTXLUHPHQWVIRUD7ZR:LUH6/&
1RWH The total DC resistance from panel to branch end cannot exceed 40 ohms. Measure DC resistance as shown in Figure 2-59:
6/& 2XW
%UDQFK
1RWH )RU GHWDLOHG ZLULQJ UHTXLUHPHQWV UHIHU WR $SSHQGL[ %
)LJXUH 0HDVXULQJ '& 5HVLVWDQFH RI D 7ZR:LUH 6/&
1. Short the termination point of one branch at a time. Measure the DC resistance from the beginning of the loop to the end of that particular branch.
0HDVXULQJ 7RWDO :LUH /HQJWK IRU D 7ZRZLUH 6/&
2. Repeat this procedure for all remaining branches in the SLC.
The total length of wire (12 AWG) in a two-wire SLC cannot exceed 10,000 feet. Find the total length of wire in the SLC by summing the wire lengths on each branch of the SLC. Figure 2-60 shows how to find the total length wire in a typical two-wire SLC:
&DXWLRQ 7HUPLQDWH VKLHOG GUDLQ ZLUH DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH LQVWUXFWLRQV LQ 6/& 6KLHOG
7HUPLQDWLRQ RQ SDJH
%UDQFK %
%UDQFK (
%UDQFK &
%UDQFK $ %UDQFK % %UDQFK & %UDQFK ' %UDQFK (
IHHW RU OHVV $:*
%UDQFK '
/RRS 2XW
%UDQFK $
1&
1& 1& 1&
)LJXUH 0HDVXULQJ WKH 7RWDO /HQJWK RI :LUH LQ D 7ZR:LUH 6/&
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-43
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Wiring a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC)
Figure 2-61 shows typical wiring of a supervised and power-limited two-wire SLC that meets NFPA 72-1993 Style 4 requirements. Table 2-18 contains SLC connections shown in Figure 2-61.
Connection
SLC 1
SLC 2 (CPU-400 only)
SLC Out
TB5-1 (+) TB5-3 ()
TB6-1 (+) TB6-3 ()
Table 2-18 Two-Wire SLC Connections.
&DXWLRQ 7HUPLQDWH VKLHOG GUDLQ ZLUH DFFRUGLQJ WR WKH LQVWUXFWLRQV LQ 6/& 6KLHOG
7HUPLQDWLRQ RQ SDJH
%; %DVH ² IRU XVH ZLWK 6'; &3; DQG )'; 6HULHV ,QWHOOLJHQW 'HWHFWRUV
%*;/
1RWH ,62; GHYLFHV DUH QRW UHTXLUHG WR PHHW 1)3$ 6W\OH <RX FDQ LQVWDOO D PD[LPXP RI GHYLFHV GHWHFWRUV DQG PRGXOHV EHWZHHQ LVRODWRU PRGXOHV RU LVRODWRU GHWHFWRU PRXQWLQJ EDVHV
&0;
00;
6HSDUDWH 77DS WR RWKHU 6/& GHYLFHV
,62;
,62 ;
&38
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO 7ZR:LUH 6/& &LUFXLW 6W\OH
2-44
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Wiring a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC)
,QVWDOODWLRQ
0HDVXULQJ /RRS 5HVLVWDQFH IRU D )RXU :LUH 6/&
1RWH )RU GHWDLOHG ZLULQJ UHTXLUHPHQWV UHIHU WR $SSHQGL[ %
:LUH5HTXLUHPHQWVIRUD)RXU:LUH6/&
The total DC resistance of the SLC pair cannot exceed 40 ohms. Measure DC resistance as shown in Figure 2-62.
1. Disconnect the SLC Out and SLC Return at the control panel. 2. Short the two leads of SLC Return. 3. Measure the resistance across the SLC Out leads (Figure 2-62).
6/& 2XW
6/& 5HWXUQ
0HDVXULQJ 7RWDO :LUH /HQJWK IRU D )RXUZLUH 6/&
)LJXUH 0HWHU /HDGV IRU 0HDVXULQJ D )RXUZLUH 6/&
The total length of wire (12 AWG) in a four-wire SLC cannot exceed 10,000 feet. Figure 2-63 identifies the output and return loops from SLC terminal TB5 on the CPU:
6/& $ ORRS UHWXUQ
1RWH 77DSSLQJ LV QRW DOORZHG RQ D IRXUZLUH 6/&
6/& % RXWSXW ORRS
&38
QR FRQQHFWLRQ
&38 RQO\
)LJXUH 0HDVXULQJ WKH :LUH /HQJWK ² )RXU:LUH 6/&
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-45
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Wiring a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC)
6W\OH :LULQJ 2YHUYLHZ Figure 2-64 shows typical wiring for a supervised and power-limited four-wire SLC
that meets NFPA 72-1993 Style 6 requirements. Table 2-19 contains the SLC connections for this circuit:
6W\OH :LULQJ 'LDJUDP
Connection
SLC 1
SLC 2 (CPU-400 only)
SLC Out
TB5-1 (+) TB5-3 ()
TB6-1 (+) TB6-3 ()
SLC Return
TB5-2 (+) TB5-4 ()
TB6-2 (+) TB6-4 ()
Table 2-19 SLC Connections Figure 2-64 shows typical wiring for a Style 6 SLC:
1RWH % %DVH ² )RU XVH ZLWK 6'; &3; )'; ,3; DQG /3; 6HULHV ,QWHOOLJHQW 'HWHFWRUV
&38
QR FRQQHFWLRQ
&38 RQO\
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO )RXU:LUH 6/& &LUFXLW 6W\OH
2-46
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Wiring a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC)
,QVWDOODWLRQ
6W\OH :LULQJ 2YHUYLHZ Obtain Style 7 operation by using Isolator Bases (B524BI or B224BI) with each
detector flanking MMX modules with ISO-X modules (Figure 2-65). Wire-to-wire shorts on the SLC do not prevent the control panel from receiving alarm signals.
Do not T-Tap or branch a Style 7 four-wire SLC. Ratings and characteristics are identical to a NFPA Style 6 four-wire SLC. Table 2-20 shows connections between the SLC and CPU terminal TB-5:
Connect...
To CPU...
SLC Out SLC Return
TB5-1 (+) TB5-3 ()
TB5-2 (+) TB5-4 ()
6W\OH :LULQJ 'LDJUDP
Table 2-20 SLC to CPU Connections
Figure 2-65 shows typical wiring for a Style 7 SLC with ISO-X modules flanking MMX modules:
1RWH (QFORVH DOO ZLULQJ EHWZHHQ D PDQXDO SXOO VWDWLRQ DQG ,62; PRGXOHV LQ FRQGXLW
'HWHFWRU LQ ,VRODWRU %DVH
'HWHFWRU LQ ,VRODWRU %DVH
'HWHFWRU LQ ,VRODWRU %DVH
0DQXDO 3XOO 6WDWLRQ ZLWK 00; IODQNHG E\ ,62; PRGXOHV
,62; ,VRODWRU 0RGXOH 'HWHFWRU LQ ,VRODWRU %DVH
,62; ,VRODWRU 0RGXOH
&38
)LJXUH 6W\OH )RXU:LUH 6/& XVLQJ ,62; 0RGXOHV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-47
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
,62; 2YHUYLHZ
Wiring a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC)
:LULQJDQ,VRODWRU0RGXOH,62;
Use a loop Isolator Module (ISO-X) to protect critical elements of the SLC from faults on other branches or sections of the SLC. The ISO-X continuously monitors the circuit connected to terminals 3 () and 4 (+). Upon power-up, an integral relay latches. The ISO-X periodically pulses the coil of this relay. A short circuit on the SLC resets the relay. The ISO-X detects the short and disconnects the faulted SLC branch by opening the positive side of the loop (terminal 4). This isolates the faulty branch from the remainder of the loop. Once the fault is removed, the ISO-X automatically reapplies power to the SLC branch.
You can connect a maximum of 25 devices between isolator modules. During a fault condition, the control panel registers a trouble condition for each addressable device which is isolated on the SLC segment or branch.
/RRS ,Q ² /RRS ,Q /RRS 2XW ² /RRS 2XW
,VRODWLQJ D %UDQFK RI D 7ZR:LUH 6/&
)LJXUH ,VRODWRU 0RGXOH ,62; 7HUPLQDO &RQQHFWLRQV
A short circuit on the SLC Style 4 branch (connected to ISO-X terminals 3 and 4) causes the branch to be disconnected and isolated from the remainder of the SLC. This prevents a communication problem with all other addressable devices on the branches (labeled "Continuation of the SLC" in Figure 2-67) and all addressable devices on the isolated branch will report a trouble condition at the CPU.
&RQWLQXDWLRQ RI WKH 6/&
6/&
)LJXUH :LULQJ DQ ,62;
77DSSHG EUDQFK RII WKH 6/&
2-48
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Wiring a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC)
,QVWDOODWLRQ
:LULQJDQ,'&ZLWK00;0RGXOHV
2YHUYLHZ RI 0RQLWRU 0RGXOHV 00; 6HULHV
The MMX Monitor Module is an addressable module that monitors conventional contact-type, alarm, supervisory, security, alert, or trouble initiating devices. You can wire a supervised MMX circuit as an NFPA Style B or Style D IDC.
· NFPA Style B Initiating Device Circuit see Figure 2-69 and Figure 2-70.
· NFPA Style D Initiating Device Circuit see Figure 2-71 and Figure 2-72.
· There are three models of MMX Series monitor modules as follows:
MMX-1 Use MMX-1 modules for wiring Style B and Style D IDCs.
MMX-2 The MMX-2 Monitor Module is an addressable module used to monitor a single Initiating Device Circuit of smoke detectors. Use MMX-2 modules to monitor conventional, two-wire smoke detectors. The MMX-2 requires an additional connection of 24 VDC filtered, low-noise and resettable power on MMX-2 Terminals 3 () and 4 (+).
MMX-101 (Style B circuits only) The MMX-101 is a miniature addressable module that is functionally and electrically identical to an MMX-1 Monitor Module. Because of the smaller size, an MMX-101 is ideally suited for mounting directly in the electrical box of a monitored contact-type device.
:LULQJ DQ 00; 0RGXOH
Connect the SLC wiring to MMX terminals 1 () and 2 (+). The MMX takes one module address on the SLC. Use the rotary switches on the MMX to set the module to the required SLC address. (For example, the MMX-1 shown in Figure 2-68 is set to SLC address 04.)
1RWH 7HVWLQJ DQ 00; ² $Q 00; LQFOXGHV D PDJQHWLF WHVW VZLWFK ORFDWHG QHDU WKH FHQWHU IURQW RI WKH PRGXOH
6HWWLQJ 5RWDU\ 6ZLWFKHV )DFWRU\ SUHVHW LV DGGUHVV 8VH D VFUHZGULYHU WR VHW D URWDU\
VZLWFK WR WKH GHVLUHG PRGXOH DGGUHVV )RU H[DPSOH WKH VZLWFKHV VKRZQ DUH VHW WR DGGUHVV
,'& 9LROHW
,'& ² <HOORZ
/DEHOV ² 8VH WR UHFRUG WKH GHYLFH DGGUHVV DQG 6/& QXPEHU
/RRS 5HG /RRS ² %ODFN
1RWH ,QVWDOODWLRQ QRWHV IRU 00; PRGXOHV DUH OLVWHG ZLWK WKH 00; LQVWDOODWLRQ GUDZLQJV
)LJXUH 6HWWLQJ WKH 00; 0RGXOH $GGUHVV
00; DQG 00; ,QVWDOODWLRQ 1RWHV When installing MMX-1 and MMX-101 modules, note the following: 1. The IDC is supervised and current-limited to 210 microamperes @ 24 VDC
(nominal). 2. The IDC provides the following services (do not mix):
Fire Alarm Service. Automatic/Manual Waterflow Alarm Service with normally open contact devices. Sprinkler Supervision with normally open contact devices. Security Service. 3. Maximum IDC wiring resistance is 20 ohms.
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-49
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Wiring a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC)
:LULQJ DQ 1)3$ 6W\OH % ,'& ZLWK 00;V
Figure 2-69 shows typical wiring using MMX-1 modules to wire a Style B IDC. Maximum IDC resistance is 20 ohms. Refer to the Device Compatibility Document 15378 for detector and power supervision relays.
8/OLVWHG SRZHU VXSHUYLVLRQ UHOD\ VKRZQ HQHUJL]HG
1RWH 5HIHU WR WKH 'HYLFH &RPSDWLELOLW\ 'RFXPHQW IRU GHWHFWRU DQG SRZHU VXSHUYLVLRQ UHOD\V
(QGRI/LQH UHVLVWRU
9'& IRXUZLUH GHWHFWRU UHVHWWDEOH SRZHU
9'& IRXUZLUH VPRNH GHWHFWRU
WR QH[W GHYLFH RQ WKH 6/&
00;
0DQXDO SXOO VWDWLRQ
+HDW GHWHFWRU
9'& WR 7% 9'& ² WR 7%
036
&38
6/& ORRS RXW
6/& WR 7% 6/& ² WR 7%
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO 6W\OH % &ODVV % ,'& :LULQJ ZLWK 00;V
2-50
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Wiring a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC)
,QVWDOODWLRQ
:LULQJ DQ 1)3$ 6W\OH % ,'& ZLWK 00;V
Figure 2-70 shows typical wiring for a supervised and power-limited NFPA Style B IDC using MMX-2 modules. For more information, refer to the MMX-2 Installation Instructions, Document M500-03-00.
Wiring guidelines for this IDC are:
· Maximum Initiating Device Circuit (IDC) resistance is 25 ohms.
· Maximum alarm current is 90 mA.
· Maximum detector standby current is 2.4 mA.
1RWH 5HIHU WR WKH 'HYLFH &RPSDWLELOLW\ 'RFXPHQW IRU GHWHFWRU DQG SRZHU VXSHUYLVLRQ UHOD\V
. (/5 ² VXSSOLHG ZLWK 00; PRGXOH
7R WKH QH[W GHYLFH RQ WKH 6/&
&RPSDWLEOH WZRZLUH VPRNH GHWHFWRUV
9'& WR 7% 9'& ² WR 7%
036
00; &38
6/& WR 7% 6/& ² WR 7%
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO 6W\OH % &ODVV % ,'& :LULQJ ZLWK 00;V
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-51
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Wiring a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC)
:LULQJ DQ 1)3$ 6W\OH % Figure 2-71 shows typical wiring for a supervised and power-limited NFPA Style D
,'& ZLWK 00;V
(Class A) IDC using MMX-1 modules. Maximum IDC resistance is 20 ohms.
1RWH 5HIHU WR WKH 'HYLFH &RPSDWLELOLW\ 'RFXPHQW IRU GHWHFWRU DQG SRZHU VXSHUYLVLRQ UHOD\V
8/OLVWHG SRZHU VXSHUYLVLRQ UHOD\ VKRZQ HQHUJL]HG
9'& IRXUZLUH VPRNH GHWHFWRU
9'& ILOWHUHG ORZQRLVH DQG UHVHWWDEOH SRZHU
7R WKH QH[W GHYLFH RQ WKH 6/&
00;
0DQXDO SXOO VWDWLRQ
+HDW GHWHFWRU
9'& WR 7% 9'& ² WR 7%
036
&38
6/& ORRS RXW
6/& WR 7% 6/& ² WR 7%
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO 6W\OH ' &ODVV $ ,'& :LULQJ ZLWK 00;V
2-52
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Wiring a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC)
,QVWDOODWLRQ
:LULQJ D 1)3$ 6W\OH ' ,'& ZLWK 00; 0RGXOHV
Figure 2-72 shows typical wiring for a Style D IDC using an MMX-2 module. For electrical specifications for a Style D IDC, see Table 2-21.
The Maximum
is...
Circuit resistance Alarm current Detector standby current
25 ohms 90 mA 2.4 mA
1RWH )RU PRUH LQIRUPDWLRQ UHIHU WR WKH 00; ,QVWDOODWLRQ ,QVWUXFWLRQV 'RFXPHQW 0 )RU FRPSDWLEOH GHYLFHV UHIHU WR WKH 'HYLFH &RPSDWLELOLW\ 'RFXPHQW
Table 2-21 Style D IDC Electrical Specifications
Figure 2-72 shows typical MMX-2 wiring for a supervised and power-limited NFPA Style D (Class A) IDC:
7R QH[W GHYLFH RQ 6/&
&RPSDWLEOH WZRZLUH VPRNH GHWHFWRUV
00;
9'& WR 7% 9'& ² WR 7%
036
9'& ILOWHUHG ORZQRLVH DQG UHVHWWDEOH SRZHU
&38
. OLVWHG (/5
6/& WR 7% 6/& ² WR 7%
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO 6W\OH ' &ODVV $ ,'& :LULQJ ZLWK 00;V
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-53
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Wiring a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC)
&0; 0RGXOH 2YHUYLHZ
:LULQJD1RWLILFDWLRQ$SSOLDQFH&LUFXLW1$& RU&RQWURO&LUFXLW
The CMX Control Module is an addressable module that supervises and switches power to a Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC). You can use CMXs for one of the following applications:
· Switch 24 VDC NAC Power for NFPA Style Y (Class B) and NFPA Style Z (Class A) circuits; or
· Control a dry contact relay (when configured as a Form-C control relay).
Figure 2-73 shows a CMX module configured for powering a 24 VDC NAC:
/RRS ² /RRS 9'& 3RZHU ² 9'& 3RZHU
&0;
6W\OH ' 1$& 6W\OH ' 1$& ² 6W\OH % 1$& ² 6W\OH % 1$& 1&
)LJXUH &0; &RQWURO 0RGXOH &RQILJXUHG IRU 1$& 2SHUDWLRQ
Figure 2-74 shows a CMX module wired to the CPU as a Form-C relay:
&DXWLRQ 'R QRW SRZHU
ZLWKRXW EUHDNLQJ WKH WDEV
- DQG -
7R QH[W GHYLFH RQ 6/& ²
6/& 7% 6/& ² 7%
1RWH 5HIHU WR WKH LQVWDOODWLRQ LQVWUXFWLRQ VKHHW VXSSOLHG ZLWK WKH &0; PRGXOH IRU DGGLWLRQDO LQIRUPDWLRQ
&38
12 &RQWDFW
&0;
&RPPRQ &RQWDFW 1& &RQWDFW
%UHDNRII WDEV - DQG -
)LJXUH &0; &RQWURO 0RGXOH &RQILJXUHG DV D )RUP& 5HOD\
Ratings for the dry contacts on a CMX Form-C module are:
Resistive: Inductive:
2 A @ 30 VDC
1 A @ 30 VDC (0.6pf) Pilot Duty: 0.6 A @ 30 VDC (0.35pf)
7HVWLQJ D &0; 0RGXOH
The CMX module contains a magnetic test switch located on the front of the module. Activate the test switch by placing a magnet over the CMX plastic cover. A test switch activation causes a short circuit indication on a Style B or Style D NAC.
2-54
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Wiring a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC)
,QVWDOODWLRQ
,QVWDOOLQJ D &0; 0RGXOH DV D )RUP& 5HOD\
Install a CMX module as a Form-C relay by following the instructions in Table 2-22:
Step
Action
1
Configure a CMX as a Form-C relay by using a needle-nose pliers to break off
the two tabs (J1 and J2):
&0;
%UHDNRII WDEV - DQG -
&DXWLRQ 2Q DOO &0; PRGXOHV XVHG DV )RUP& UHOD\V³'R
QRW DSSO\ SRZHU ZLWKRXW EUHDNLQJ WKH WDEV - DQG -
1RWH 036,&0 1$& &RQILJXUDWLRQV RQ SDJH FRQWDLQV GHWDLOHG LQIRUPDWLRQ RQ ZLULQJ DQ 036 1$&
2
Connect the SLC from the CPU to CMX terminals 1 () and 2 (+) as shown in
Figure 2-74.
3
Set the rotary switches on the CMX to the required SLC address. (The CMX
takes one module address on the SLC.)
4
Wire the common and the normally-open or normally-closed contacts to the
CMX (Figure 2-74).
Table 2-22 Installing a CMX Module as a Form-C Relay
6/&:LULQJZLWK&0;0RGXOHV
This section contains instructions and wiring diagrams for wiring a CMX as an NAC. Table 2-23 lists the applications for wiring a CMX in an SLC:
CMX Function NFPA Style Y NAC (two-wire)
NFPA Style Z NAC (four-wire)
Notification Appliance Power
Description
Polarized alarm notification appliances connected to a two-wire circuit.
Polarized alarm notification appliances connected to a fourwire circuit.
Method 1 Notification appliance power to CMX terminal 3 (common) and terminal 4 (+24 VDC). Method 2 An alternate power arrangement where you power the CMX (terminals 3 and 4) from one of the NACs on the MPS-400.
Refer to... Figure 2-75 Figure 2-76 Figure 2-77
Figure 2-78
Table 2-23 Applications for SLC Wiring with CMX Modules
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-55
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Wiring a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC)
6W\OH < 1$& &LUFXLWV 7ZR:LUH
1RWH 5HIHU WR 'HYLFH &RPSDWLELOLW\ 'RFXPHQW IRU FRPSDWLEOH QRWLILFDWLRQ DSSOLDQFHV DQG UHOD\V
:LULQJ 'LDJUDP DQG ,QVWUXFWLRQV
Figure 2-75 shows a supervised and power-limited NFPA Style Y NAC using a CMX module. This shows polarized alarm notification appliances connected to CMX modules in a two-wire configuration. A CMX module can control 2 A of resistive load (on electronic devices) or 1 A of inductive load (on mechanical bells and horns). If installing more than one CMX NAC, install the power supervision relay on the 24 VDC power bus after the last CMX.
· Do not T-tap or branch a Style Y circuit.
· Terminate the circuit across the last device using a 47K, 1/2-watt ELR (PN ELR-47K).
· Do not run wiring under any terminals. To maintain supervision, break the wire run.
Connect the NAC as follows:
1. Connect the SLC to CMX terminals 1 () and 2 (+).
2. Connect 24 VDC power to MPS-400 TB2 (Figure 2-75).
3. Set the CMX rotary switches to the required SLC address. (The CMX takes one module address on the SLC.) For instructions on setting rotary switches, see Figure 2-68 on page 2-49.
1RWH 7KH FLUFXLW LV VXSHUYLVHG DQG SRZHUOLPLWHG )RU GHWDLOHG LQIRUPDWLRQ RQ ZLULQJ DQ 036 1$& UHIHU WR ´:LULQJ 036 2XWSXW &LUFXLWVµ RQ SDJH
8/OLVWHG 3RZHU 6XSHUYLVLRQ 5HOD\
(QGRI/LQH 5HVLVWRU . ZDWW 31 66' $ 8VH DQ 1(/5 LQ &DQDGD
9'& 1RWLILFDWLRQ $SSOLDQFH
7R QH[W GHYLFH RQ 6/&
²
6/& RXW 9'& WR 7% 9'& ² WR 7%
036
&0;
&38
&38 RQO\
6/& WR 7% 6/& ² WR 7%
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO :LULQJ IRU DQ 1)3$ 6W\OH < 1$&
2-56
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Wiring a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC)
,QVWDOODWLRQ
6W\OH = 1$&
1RWH 5HIHU WR WKH 'HYLFH &RPSDWLELOLW\ 'RFXPHQW IRU FRPSDWLEOH QRWLILFDWLRQ DSSOLDQFHV
Figure 2-76 shows an NFPA Style Z NAC with notification appliances connected to a CMX module. Connect the NAC as follows:
1. Connect the SLC to CMX terminals 1 () and 2 (+).
2. Connect 24 VDC power from MPS-400 TB2 to CMX terminals 3 and 4.
3. Set the CMX rotary switches to the required loop address. (The CMX takes one module address on the SLC.) For instructions on setting rotary switches, see Figure 2-68 on page 2-49.
1RWH 'R QRW ORRS ZLULQJ XQGHU DQ\ WHUPLQDOV %UHDN ZLUH UXQ WR PDLQWDLQ VXSHUYLVLRQ 7KH 1$& LV VXSHUYLVHG DQG SRZHUOLPLWHG
7R QH[W GHYLFH RQ 6/& ²
9'& QRWLILFDWLRQ DSSOLDQFHV
6/& RXW 036
&0; &38
8/OLVWHG 3RZHU 6XSHUYLVLRQ 5HOD\ &38 RQO\
)LJXUH 1)3$ 6W\OH = 1RWLILFDWLRQ $SSOLDQFH &LUFXLW
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-57
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Wiring a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC)
6W\OH = 1$& &LUFXLWV 0HWKRG ² 036 SRZHUV &0;
1RWH 5HIHU WR WKH 'HYLFH &RPSDWLELOLW\ 'RFXPHQW IRU FRPSDWLEOH QRWLILFDWLRQ DSSOLDQFHV 7KH 1$& LV VXSHUYLVHG DQG SRZHUOLPLWHG
Figure 2-77 shows an NFPA Style Z NAC with an MPS-400 NAC supplying 24 VDC power to a CMX module. In this circuit, no external ELR is required. When an MPS-400 NAC supplies power to CMX modules:
· The CMX module outputs are coded if the MPS-400 NAC is coded.
· Program the MPS-400 NAC for general alarm. (Refer to the Programming Manual for instructions.)
Connect the NAC as follows:
1. Connect the SLC to CMX terminals 1 () and 2 (+).
2. Connect 24 VDC power from an MPS-400 NAC (TB7-TB10) to CMX terminals 3 and 4 (Figure 2-77).
3. Set the CMX rotary switches to the required loop address. (The CMX takes one module address on the SLC.) For instructions on setting rotary switches, see Figure 2-68 on page 2-49.
1RWH 7KH FLUFXLW LV VXSHUYLVHG DQG SRZHUOLPLWHG )RU GHWDLOHG LQIRUPDWLRQ RQ ZLULQJ DQ 036 1$& UHIHU WR ´:LULQJ 036 2XWSXW &LUFXLWVµ RQ SDJH
WR QH[W GHYLFH RQ 6/& ²
&0;
&0;
036
&38
&38 RQO\
9'& WR 7%[ 9'& ² WR 7%[ 7%[ 7% 7% 7% RU 7%
6/& WR 7% 6/& ² WR 7%
)LJXUH 1)3$ 6W\OH = 1RWLILFDWLRQ $SSOLDQFH &LUFXLW 0HWKRG
2-58
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Wiring a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC)
,QVWDOODWLRQ
6W\OH = 1$& &LUFXLWV 0HWKRG ² 036 SRZHUV &0;
1RWH 5HIHU WR WKH 'HYLFH &RPSDWLELOLW\ 'RFXPHQW IRU FRPSDWLEOH QRWLILFDWLRQ DSSOLDQFHV
Figure 2-78 shows a second method of powering a CMX from an MPS-400 NAC. (See Figure 2-77 on page 2-58 for the first method.) The NAC is supervised and power-limited. When an MPS-400 NAC supplies power to CMX modules:
· The CMX module outputs are coded if the MPS-400 NAC is coded.
· Program the MPS-400 NAC for general alarm. (Refer to the Programming Manual for instructions.)
Connect the NAC as follows:
1. Connect the SLC to CMX terminals 1 () and 2 (+).
2. Connect 24 VDC power from an MPS-400 NAC (TB7-TB10) to CMX terminals 3 and 4.
3. Terminate the power feed to the CMX module with a 2.2K ELR (PN R-2.2K) or make the power feed a return to MPS-400 NAC terminals 3 and 4 (Figure 2-78).
4. Set the CMX rotary switches to the required SLC address. (The CMX takes one module address on the SLC.) For instructions on setting rotary switches, see Figure 2-68 on page 2-49.
1RWH 'R QRW ORRS ZLULQJ XQGHU DQ\ WHUPLQDOV %UHDN ZLUH UXQ WR PDLQWDLQ VXSHUYLVLRQ 036,&0 1$& &RQILJXUDWLRQV RQ SDJH FRQWDLQV GHWDLOHG LQIRUPDWLRQ RQ ZLULQJ DQ 036 1$&
WR QH[W GHYLFH RQ 6/& ²
. (/5 31 5.
&0; &0;
9'& 1RWLILFDWLRQ $SSOLDQFHV
(/5 VHH QRWH
(/5 ² (QGRI/LQH 5HVLVWRU . ZDWW SDUW QXPEHU 66' $ 8VH DQ 1(/5 LQ &DQDGD
036
5HWXUQ RSWLRQDO IRU 6W\OH <
&38
&38 RQO\
9'& WR 7%[ 9'& ² WR 7%[ 7%[ 7% 7% 7% RU 7%
6/& WR 7% 6/& ² WR 7%
)LJXUH 1)3$ 6W\OH = 1RWLILFDWLRQ $SSOLDQFH &LUFXLW 0HWKRG
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-59
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Wiring a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC)
6/&:LULQJZLWKDQ,QWHOOLJHQW'HWHFWRU
2YHUYLHZ IRU :LULQJ ,QWHOOLJHQW 'HWHFWRUV
The BX-501 base provides the connection between the SLC and SDX551, SDX551TH, SDX-751, CPX-551, CPX-751, FDX-551R, FDX-551, LPX-751, and IPX-751 intelligent detectors.
1. Connect the communications loop to terminal 1 () and terminal 2 (+) on the detector mounting base.
2. If using an RA400Z Remote LED Annunciator: (a) connect the RA400Z positive terminal to BX-501, B501, or B71-LP terminal 3; and (b) connect the RA400Z negative terminal to BX-501 terminal 1 base.
3. Set the detector address on the head with a small, slotted screwdriver. Mark this address on the base and on the head.
4. Install the intelligent detector head.
:LULQJ D %;
Figure 2-79 shows typical wiring of a BX-501 detector (wired to a RA400Z remote
'HWHFWRU WR DQ 6/& /RRS annunciator) connected to an SLC loop:
&KDQQHO &KDQQHO ²
6/&
&KDQQHO &KDQQHO ²
WR QH[W GHYLFH RQ 6/&
%; 'HWHFWRU %DVH
5$= 5HPRWH /(' $QQXQFLDWRU
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO :LULQJ RI D %; 'HWHFWRU %DVH WR DQ 6/&
2-60
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Wiring a Signaling Line Circuit (SLC)
,QVWDOODWLRQ
%*;/ 2YHUYLHZ
6/&:LULQJZLWKD%;/$GGUHVVDEOH0DQXDO3XOO6WDWLRQ
The BGX-101L is an addressable manual pull station with a key-lock reset feature. 1. Connect the SLC to terminal screws (+) and (). 2. Connect the BGX-101L to the CPU as listed in Table 2-24:
%*;/ :LULQJ &RQQHFWLRQV
Connection
SLC 1
SLC 2 (CPU-400 only)
Loop Out
TB5-1 (+) TB5-3 ()
TB6-1 (+) TB6-3 ()
Loop Return
TB5-2 (+) TB5-4 ()
TB6-2 (+) TB6-4 ()
Table 2-24 BGX-101 SLC Connections
3. Set the SLC address of the BGX-101L as shown in Figure 2-80. Figure 2-80 shows typical wiring for a BGX-101L (back view shown) and provides instructions for setting the SLC address:
%*;/
6HWWLQJ 5RWDU\ 6ZLWFKHV
)DFWRU\ SUHVHW LV DGGUHVV 8VH D VFUHZGULYHU WR VHW D URWDU\
VZLWFK WR WKH GHVLUHG PRGXOH DGGUHVV )RU H[DPSOH WKH VZLWFKHV VKRZQ DUH VHW WR DGGUHVV
%ODFN ² 5HG 9LROHW ² <HOORZ
/DEHOV ² 8VH WR UHFRUG WKH GHYLFH
DGGUHVV DQG 6/& QXPEHU
&38
&38 RQO\
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO 6/& :LULQJ RI D %*;/ 3XOO 6WDWLRQ
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
2-61
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
1RWHV
2-62
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
7HVWLQJWKH6\VWHP
$FFHSWDQFH7HVW
When finished with the original installation and all modifications, conduct a complete operational test on the entire installation to verify compliance with applicable NFPA standards. Testing should be conducted by a factory-trained fire alarm technician in the presence of a representative of the Authority Having Jurisdiction and the owner's representative. Follow procedures outlined in NFPA Standard 72-1993, Chapter 7, Inspection, Testing and Maintenance.
3HULRGLF7HVWLQJDQG6HUYLFH
Periodic testing and servicing of the control panel, all initiating and notification devices, and any other associated equipment is essential to ensure proper and reliable operation. Test and service the control panel according to the schedules and procedures outlined in the following documents:
· NFPA Standard 72-1993, Chapter 7, Inspection, Testing and Maintenance.
· Service manuals and instructions for the peripheral devices installed in your system. Correct any trouble condition or malfunction immediately.
2SHUDWLRQDO&KHFNV
1RWH 7KH EDWWHU\ WHVW UHTXLUHV IXOO\ FKDUJHG EDWWHULHV ,I EDWWHULHV DUH QHZ RU GLVFKDUJHG GXH WR D UHFHQW SRZHU RXWDJH DOORZ WKH EDWWHULHV WR FKDUJH IRU KRXUV EHIRUH WHVWLQJ
Between formal periodic testing and servicing intervals, the following operation checks
should be performed monthly, or more frequently when required by the Authority
Having Jurisdiction.
V Check that the green AC POWER LED lights. V Check that all yellow LEDs are off. V Press and hold the LAMP TEST switch. Verify that all LEDs and all LCD display segments
work.
V Before proceeding: a) notify the fire department and the central alarm receiving station if
transmitting alarm conditions; b) notify facility personnel of the test so that alarm sounding
devices are disregarded during the test period; and c) when necessary, disable activation of
alarm notification appliances and speakers to prevent their sounding.
V Activate an Initiating Device Circuit using an alarm initiating device and check that all
active notification appliances function. Reset the alarm initiating device, the control panel,
and any other associated equipment. In voice alarm applications, confirm that the proper
tone(s) and/or messages sound during alarm conditions. Select the paging function and
confirm that the message can be heard in the affected fire zones. Repeat the above step with
each Initiating Device Circuit.
V On systems equipped with a fire fighters telephone circuit, make a call from a telephone
circuit and confirm a ring tone. Answer the call and confirm communication with the
incoming caller. End the call and repeat for each telephone circuit in the system.
V Remove AC power, activate an Initiating Device Circuit through an alarm initiating device,
and check that active notification appliances sound, and alarm indicators illuminate.
Measure the battery voltage with notification appliances active. Replace any battery with a
terminal voltage less than 21.6 VDC and reapply AC Power.
V Return all circuits to their pre-test condition. V Check that all yellow LEDs are off and the green AC POWER LED is on. V Notify fire, central station and/or building personnel when you finish testing the system.
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
3-1
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
7HVWLQJ WKH 6\VWHP
Battery Checks and Maintenance
%DWWHU\&KHFNVDQG0DLQWHQDQFH
Maintenance-free sealed lead-acid batteries used in the system do not require the addition of water or electrolyte. These batteries are charged and maintained in a fully charged state by the main power supply's float charger during normal system operation. A discharged battery typically charges at 1.5 A and reaches the float voltage of 27.6 VDC within 48 hours.
Follow the local AHJ and manufacturer recommendations for battery replacement intervals. Minimal replacement battery capacity appears on the control panel marking label. Immediately replace a leaking or damaged battery. You can get replacement batteries from the manufacturer.
Warning: Batteries contain Sulfuric Acid which can cause severe burns to the skin
and eyes and damage to fabrics.
· If a battery leaks and contact is made with the Sulfuric Acid, immediately
flush skin and/or eyes with water for at least 15 minutes. Water and household
baking soda provides a good neutralizing solution for Sulfuric Acid.
· If Sulfuric Acid gets into eyes, seek immediate medical attention.
· Ensure proper handling of the battery to prevent short-circuits.
· Take care to avoid accidental shorting of the leads from uninsulated work benches, tools, bracelets, rings, and coins.
Shorting the battery leads can damage the battery, equipment, and could cause injury to personnel.
3-2
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
9RLFH$ODUP6\VWHP
6HFWLRQ2YHUYLHZ
This section contains instructions for installing and wiring modules that can be used in an AFP-300/AFP-400 voice alarm system. Table 4-1 contains the topics covered in Section 4.
Section
Covers the following topics...
Installing an AMG
Mounting an AMG/ATG Assembly Wiring an AMG Setting AMG switches AMG tone and Message selections AMG/ATG terminals and connections
Installing a Fire Fighter's Telephone (FFT-7 and FFT7S)
Mounting an FFT-7/FFT-7S terminal and connections
Installing Audio Amplifiers (AA-30/AA-100/AA-120)
Mounting an AA-30, AA-100, and AA-120 Terminal Connections for AA-30, AA-100, AA-120 Installing an AA as a Backup Amplifier
Voice Alarm Modules
Connecting VCM-4 Speaker Circuits Connecting VCM-4 Telephone Circuits Setting a VCM-4 to Speaker or Telephone Mode Connecting DCM-4 Speaker Circuits
Voice System Configurations
Internal Power Connections CPU EIA-485 Connections Wiring Audio Components without a Backup Amplifier Wiring Audio Components with a Backup Amplifier CPU Trouble Bus Connections
Wiring Speaker Circuits
30 Watts 4- and 8-speaker Configuration 120 Watts 4- and 8-speaker Configuration 90 Watts 8-speaker Configuration 240 Watts 8-speaker Configuration 180 Watts 8-speaker Configuration 30 Watts Dual-Channel Configuration 120 Watts Dual-Channel Configuration
Voice Message Options (VROM and VRAM)
Overview of VR0M and VRAM Installing VROM and VRAM
ACT-1 Audio Coupling Transformer
Overview Isolating Power Supplies Installing an ACT-1 Message
Page 4-2
4-8 4-10 4-15 4-20
4-26
4-35 4-36
Table 4-1 Voice System Topics
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
4-1
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
Installing an AMG
,QVWDOOLQJDQ$0*
Figure 4-1 contains instructions for installing an AMG module into a CHS-4L chassis:
Step Action
1
Put a standoff on the first
and fourth studs from the
top-left corner of the
CHS-4L chassis.
2
Angle the bottom edge of
the module into the bottom
slot of the CHS-4L.
&DSWLYH VFUHZ
3
Secure the module to the
CHS-4L with the captive
screws.
&DSWLYH VFUHZ
)LJXUH ,QVWDOOLQJ DQ $0* 0RGXOH
4-2
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Installing an AMG
Figure 4-2 shows the AMG-1 terminals:
7URXEOH ,QSXW &DEOH $0*( ,QWHUFRQQHFW &DEOH
(,$ &RQQHFWLRQV 3RZHU +DUQHVV 2XW
3RZHU +DUQHVV ,Q
3
3
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
7URXEOH 2XWSXW &DEOH 1R &RQQHFWLRQ &RQWURO +DUQHVV $XGLR 6LJQDO LQWHUQDO
3
$XGLR 6LJQDO H[WHUQDO
)LJXUH $0* 7HUPLQDOV
Table 4-2 contains descriptions of the AMG-1 terminals:
Input/Output
Plug Used to...
Trouble Input Cable
P9
(normally open trouble
contacts) PN 75098
Trouble Output Cable
P8
(normally open trouble
contacts) PN 71033
Power Harness Out
P2
PN 75099
Power Harness In
P1
PN 75396 or 75100
AMG-1 Interconnect
P10
Cable PN 75136
EIA-485 Connections
P3
No connection
P7
Audio Signal Connections P5 PN 75110
Control Harness
P6
PN 75097
Low Level Audio
P4
PN 75100
Transmit trouble signals to another system device. (Connect the other end to the Trouble Input of the other device in the system or to J4 (Aux Trouble Input) on the MPS-400.)
Transmit trouble signals to another device in the system.
Connect to another power supply in a power supply chain.
Provides power for the AMG-1 from the Main Power Supply. (Connect the other end to J1 on the MPS-400.)
Connect from the Trouble Output contacts on another AMG-1. A closure signals the AMG-1 that the connected device is in trouble.
Lets the control panel communicate with the AMG-1 through the ACS mode EIA-485 port.
N/A
Allow harnessing the audio signal from the AMG-1 to Audio Amplifiers in the same cabinet via P5, or wired to amplifiers in remote cabinets through P4.
Connect to P4 on a Fire Fighter's Telephone (FFT-7) or cable from the Audio Voice Link (AVL-1).
Allows wiring of the AMG audio output to an Audio Amplifier as follows:
Connector
Low Level Audio Output to first amplifier Low Level Audio Output Return to last amplifier (optional)
From AMG...
P4-5 P4-4
P4-2 P4-1
To AA...
P3-5 P3-4
P3-2 P3-1
Table 4-2 AMG-1 Terminal Connections
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
4-3
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
&RQILJXULQJ WKH $0*
Installing an AMG
An AMG appears as an annunciator to the control panel and operates on address 01. Installing an AMG requires programming the control panel and setting the AMG-1 DIP switch. Table 4-3 contains AMG programming and switch settings:
1RWH <RX FDQ VHW DQ $0* WR UHFHLYH RQO\ ',3 EXW \RX FDQQRW XVH WKH $//&$// VZLWFK
For Single-channel applications Dual-channel applications
Optional four-wire return
Set
AMG-E RECEIVE ONLY switch to Off. 1) AMG-1 Evacuation channel RECEIVE ONLY switch to Off; and 2) AMG-E Alert channel RECEIVE ONLY switch to On. AMG-1 DIP switch to On.
Table 4-3 AMG Programming and Switch Settings Figure 4-3 shows typical wiring for an AMG-1 configured for four-wire operation:
2))
21
2
) )
$0* ',3 VZLWFK
3 VKOG VKOG
7URXEOH ,Q
))7
(9$&
VKOG 3 $/(57
VKOG
3
%HOO $XGLR,Q 3
3 3 3 (9$& $OHUW
&NW
3
5
- 6:
5
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO :LULQJ IRU DQ $0* )RXU:LUH &RQILJXUDWLRQ
Table 4-4 contains descriptions of the pins on the AMG-1 DIP switch:
Pin
Function
1
Four-wire audio supervision
2
Tone/Message Select
3
Receive Only
4
VRAM A
5
VRAM B
6
Message Select
7
Message Select
8
Message Select
Setting On Off Table 4-5 Off Table 4-6 On Refer to Installing an AMG. Refer to Voice Message Options. Refer to Voice Message Options.
Refer to Table 4-5 and Table 4-6.
Table 4-4 AMG-1 DIP Switch
4-4
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Installing an AMG
$0* DQG $0*( 7RQH0HVVDJH 6HOHFWLRQV 6: 2II
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
Table 4-5 lists the tone and message selections available when DIP switch 2 (Tone/ Message Switch) is Off:
SW2 Rocker Switches
System Status
NAC 1 (B01) Condition
Audio Tone or Message
S6 S7 S8
X
X
X
No Alarm
Off
Standby
Off Off Off No Alarm
On
Off Off Off Alarm
X
1000 Hz 1/2 sec on, 1/2 sec off Slow whoop
Off Off On
No Alarm
On
Off Off On
Alarm
X
Horn 120 ppm (March Time)
Off On Off No Alarm
On
Off On Off Alarm
X
Horn Yelp
Off On On
No Alarm
On
Yelp
Off On On
Alarm
X
Wail
On Off Off No Alarm
On
On Off Off Alarm
X
3 slow whoops, VRAM-B plays 3 slow whoops, VRAM-A plays
On Off On
No Alarm
On
On Off On
Alarm
X
VROM-B message plays VROM-A message plays
On On Off No Alarm
On
On On Off Alarm
X
20 ppm (Two-Stage) VROM-A and VROM-B play
On On On
No Alarm
On
On On On
Alarm
X
Horn NFPA Uniform Code 3 Temporal pattern fast whoop
X = Indicates that switch or control point can be On or Off.
036 1RWLILFDWLRQ $SSOLDQFH &LUFXLW FDQ EH PDQXDOO\ VHOHFWHG ZLWK DQ $&0$7 WR
SURGXFH D GHVLUHG WRQH RU FDQ EH DFWLYDWHG WKURXJK &RQWUROE\(YHQW E\ D QRQDODUP LQSXW
,I VHOHFWLQJ D 9520 RU 95$0 DQG D 9520 RU 95$0 FKLS LV QRW LQVWDOOHG D WURXEOH LQGLFDWLRQ
DSSHDUV DW WKH $0* ZKHQ WKH PHVVDJH LV GXH WR EHJLQ DQG WKH $0* JHQHUDWHV WKH N+]
GHIDXOW WRQH
Table 4-5 AMG Tone/Message Selections (SW2=Off)
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
4-5
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
$0* DQG $0*( 7RQH0HVVDJH 6HOHFWLRQV 6: 2Q
Installing an AMG
Table 4-6 lists the tone and message selections available when DIP switch 2 (Tone/ Message Switch) is On:
AMG-1 SW2 Rocker Switches
System Status
NAC 1 (B01) Condition
Audio Tone or Message
S6
S7 S8
X
XX
No Alarm Off
Off Off Off No Alarm On
Off Off Off Alarm
Off
Off Off On No Alarm On
Off Off On Alarm
Off
Off Off On Alarm
On
Off On Off No Alarm On
Off On Off Alarm
Off
Off On Off Alarm
On
Off On On No Alarm On
Off On On Alarm
Off
Off On On Alarm
On
On Off Off No Alarm On
On Off Off Alarm
Off
On Off Off Alarm
On
On Off On No Alarm On
On Off On Alarm
Off
On Off On Alarm
On
On On Off No Alarm On
On On Off Alarm
Off
On On Off Alarm
On
On On On No Alarm On
On On On Alarm
Off
On On On Alarm
On
Standby
Horn 1000 Hz 1/2 sec on, 1/2 sec off for 5 min then slow whoop
Horn 20 ppm for 5 min., then 120 ppm 120 ppm (March Time)
VROM-B 444, pause, VROM-A Boston Code
VROM-B Fast whoop 3 fast whoops, pause, VROM-A
Beep Fast whoop 3 fast whoops, pause, VROM-A and VROM-B
Beep 3 slow whoops, pause, VROM-A 3 slow whoops, pause, VROM-A and VROM-B
Wail 3 hi-low tones, pause, VROM-A 3 hi-low, pause, VROM-A and VROM-B
Hi-low 20 ppm (Two-Stage) 3 Slow whoops, pause, VROM-A
´;µ
,QGLFDWHV WKDW 6ZLWFK RU &RQWURO 3RLQW FDQ EH ´2Qµ RU ´2IIµ
036 1RWLILFDWLRQ $SSOLDQFH &LUFXLW FDQ EH PDQXDOO\ VHOHFWHG ZLWK DQ $&0$7 WR
SURGXFH D GHVLUHG WRQH RU FDQ EH DFWLYDWHG WKURXJK &RQWUROE\(YHQW E\ D QRQDODUP LQSXW
,I VHOHFWLQJ D 9520 RU 95$0 WKDW LV QRW LQVWDOOHG D WURXEOH ZLOO EH JHQHUDWHG DW WKH $0*
DQG WKH $0* JHQHUDWHV WKH N+] GHIDXOW WRQH
%RVWRQ &RGH RUGHU 9520 ZKLFK PXVW EH LQVWDOOHG LQ 9520% SRVLWLRQ ² +] DOHUW WRQH
SXOVHG WR SURGXFH RQH URXQG RI FRGH DW DSSUR[LPDWHO\ RQH VHFRQG LQWHUYDOV IROORZHG E\
IHPDOH YRLFH PHVVDJH
´$WWHQWLRQ SOHDVH 7KH VLJQDO WRQH \RX KDYH MXVW KHDUG LQGLFDWHV D UHSRUW RI DQ HPHUJHQF\ LQ WKLV EXLOGLQJ ,I \RXU IORRU HYDFXDWLRQ VLJQDO VRXQGV DIWHU WKLV PHVVDJH ZDON WR WKH QHDUHVW VWDLUZD\ DQG OHDYH WKH IORRU :KLOH WKH UHSRUW LV EHLQJ YHULILHG RFFXSDQWV RQ RWKHU IORRUV VKRXOG DZDLW IXUWKHU LQVWUXFWLRQVµ
7KLV PHVVDJH UHSHDWV 7KH HYDFXDWLRQ VLJQDO LV D VORZZKRRS WRQH³DQ DVFHQGLQJ WRQH VWDUWLQJ DW DSSUR[LPDWHO\ +] DQG HQGLQJ DW DSSUR[LPDWHO\ +]³ZLWK D GXUDWLRQ RI DSSUR[LPDWHO\ VHFRQGV DQG DQ LQWHUUXSWLRQ EHWZHHQ WRQHV RI DSSUR[LPDWHO\ VHFRQG
Table 4-6 AMG Tone/Message Selections (SW2=On)
4-6
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Installing an AMG
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
$7* 7HUPLQDO &RQQHFWLRQV
Figure 4-4 shows ATG-2 terminal connections:
7URXEOH ,QSXW /RZOHYHO $XGLR ,QSXW DQG 7KURXJK
&RQWURO +DUQHVV
3RZHU +DUQHVV 2XW
1$& &RQQHFWLRQ 7RQH 6WDUW ,QSXW
/RZOHYHO $XGLR 2XWSXW &RQQHFWLRQV
3RZHU +DUQHVV ,Q
&RQILJXUDWLRQ 6ZLWFKHV
1RWH &XW 5 IRU VLQJOH FKDQQHO RSHUDWLRQ
3$*( 6(/(&7 6ZLWFK
6WDWXV /('V
0LFURSKRQH &RQQHFWRU
5
)LJXUH $7* 7HUPLQDO &RQQHFWLRQV
Table 4-7 lists descriptions for each of the ATG-2 connections:
Input/Output Trouble Input
Low Level Audio Input and Through
Notification Appliance Circuit Power Harness In
Control Harness Low Level Audio Output Connections
Power Harness Out
Connections Used for
P4
P3-1 to P3-6
P3-7 P3-8 P1
P5 P5 - FFT7 P6 - EVAC P7 - ALERT P2
Connecting trouble output contacts from an audio amplifier. A closure signals the ATG-2 when a device is in trouble. The trouble signal is relayed through the Notification Appliance Circuit connection.
When using the ATG-2 for remote paging, the low level audio output from the main ATG-2 or AMG is passed through the remote ATG-2, then passed on to the audio amplifiers.
Connecting 24 VDC regulated power if using Notification Appliance Circuits.
Connecting to the MPS-400 (J1) for providing power to the ATG-2.
Connecting to P4 on a Fire Fighter's Telephone (if installed).
Harnessing the ATG-2 audio signal to audio amplifiers in the same cabinet through P6 or P7; or wired to the audio amplifiers in other cabinets through P8.
Connecting to another power supply in the power supply chain.
Table 4-7 Descriptions of ATG-2 Connections
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
4-7
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
Installing a Fire Fighter's Telephone (FFT-7 and FFT-7S)
,QVWDOOLQJD)LUH)LJKWHU·V7HOHSKRQH))7DQG))76
2YHUYLHZ
The FFT-7 and the FFT-7S modules mount on designated studs on the CHS-4L chassis. The module installation kit includes standoffs to secure the module to the studs on the CHS-4L.
0RXQWLQJDQ))7))76
To mount an FFT-7 or FFT-7S, follow these steps:
1. Install standoffs for an FFT-7 or FFT-7S on the CHS-4L chassis mounting studs as shown in Figure 4-5:
))76 ² 3XW D VWDQGRII RQ WKH ILUVW VHFRQG WKLUG VL[WK VHYHQWK DQG HLJKWK VWXGV IURP WKH XSSHU OHIW FRUQHU RI WKH &+6/
))7 ² 3XW D VWDQGRII RQ WKH ILIWK DQG HLJKWK VWXGV IURP WKH OHIW FRUQHU RI WKH &+6/ FKDVVLV
)LJXUH ,QVWDOOLQJ 6WDQGRIIV IRU DQ ))7))76
2. Angle the bottom of the FFT-7/FFT-7S module into the bottom slot of the CHS-4L chassis and secure the module as shown in Figure 4-6:
&DSWLYH VFUHZ SODFHV
&+6/
))7 RU ))76
)LJXUH 0RXQWLQJ WKH ))7))76 WR D &+6/
3. Mount TBP-1 dress panels on the FFT-7S as shown in Figure 4-7:
7%3 'UHVV 3DQHOV
4-8
www.PDF-Zoo.com
)LJXUH ))76 ZLWK 'UHVV 3DQHOV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Installing a Fire Fighter's Telephone (FFT-7 and FFT-7S)
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
&RQQHFWLQJDQ))7))76
Figure 4-8 shows FFT-7/FFT-7S terminals and connections to other devices in the system. Follow the instructions in Table 4-8 to connect an FFT-7 or FFT-7S to an AFP-300/AFP-400 system:
6: &RYHU
$8',2 $0*
3
3
3
3
3
),5( ),*+7(56 7(/(3+21(
3$*( 02'(
21 /,1(
3$*(
3+21( 7528%/(
/,1( 7528%/(
)LJXUH ))7))76 7HUPLQDOV
Component Function
Use to
P1
Plug for power
Connect a harness to another device in the chain.
harness out
(75099)
P2
Plug for power
Connect a harness between FFT-7 and MPS-400 to power the
harness in
FFT-7 from the MPS-400.
(75099)
P3
Telephone signal Make connections to a telephone circuit. P3 pin assignments are:
loop
Pin
Connection
Instructions
1
no connection
N/A
2
Style Z return ()
Connect to J6 on last
3
Style Z return (+)
VCM-4 on circuit.
4
Shield
N/A
5
Telephone output () Connect to J5 on first
6
Telephone output (+) VCM-4.
7
no connection
N/A
8
no connection
N/A
P4
P5 SW1
FFT-7/AMG control harness (75097)
No connection
Two-wire/fourwire selector switch
Connect to plug P6 on the AMG or plug P5 on the ATG-2.
N/A Set the control panel for four-wire operation: 1) Remove the switch cover. 2) Set SW1 for four-wire operation.
Table 4-8 FFT-7/FFT-7S Terminals and Connections
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
4-9
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
Installing Audio Amplifiers (AA-30/AA-100/AA-120)
,QVWDOOLQJ$XGLR$PSOLILHUV$$$$$$
2YHUYLHZ 0RXQWLQJ DQ $$
,QVWDOOLQJDQ$$
The AA-30 mounts in a CHS-4L chassis, which can hold two AA-30s placed side by side. In addition to mounting, do the following:
1. Connect a primary (AC) and a secondary (24 VDC battery) power source to each AA-30.
2. Provide an external device (such as an MPS-400) for charging the batteries.
Mount an AA-30 into a CHS-4L chassis by following these steps.
Step
Action
1
Put the bottom end of the
AA-30 assembly into
the slot in the bottom of
the CHS-4L chassis.
Swing the assembly into
the chassis.
&+6/
$$
2
Secure the AA-30 to the
chassis with the washers
and retaining nuts.
:DVKHU DQG UHWDLQLQJ QXW SODFHV
)LJXUH 0RXQWLQJ DQ $$ LQWR D &+6/ &KDVVLV
4-10
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Installing Audio Amplifiers (AA-30/AA-100/AA-120)
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
$$ 7HUPLQDOV DQG &RQQHFWRUV
Figure 4-10 and Figure 4-11 show terminal connections to an AA-30.
· The low-level audio input and high-level audio output P connectors are primarily for in-cabinet applications where the wiring to or from the AA-30 remains in the cabinet. For multiple-cabinet applications, hard-wire the system using terminal blocks P3 and P8.
· Cut resistors R8 and R9 when using high-level audio in four-wire mode.
· For information on the ACT-1, refer to "ACT-1 Audio Coupling Transformer" on page 4-36.
$$ /RZHU %RDUG &RQQHFWLRQV Figure 4-10 shows terminal connections to an AA-30 lower board:
6HFRQGDU\ '& 3RZHU
%DWWHU\
² ² ²
3ULPDU\ $& 3RZHU
(DUWK
$& +RW
$& 1HXWUDO
(DUWK
)LJXUH $$ /RZHU %RDUG &RQQHFWLRQV QRQSRZHUOLPLWHG
$$ 8SSHU %RDUG &RQQHFWLRQV Figure 4-11 shows terminal connections to an AA-30 upper board:
/RZOHYHO 7KUX 6KLHOG
/RZOHYHO ,Q 6KLHOG
8QXVHG 8QXVHG
%DFNXS ,Q
²
VKLHOG
7URXEOH
%DFNXS 2XW ² VKLHOG
+LJK /HYHO 2XW ² VKLHOG
)RXUZLUH +LJK /HYHO
²
5HWXUQ
VKLHOG
/RZ /HYHO $XGLR ,Q /RZ /HYHO $XGLR 7KUX
7URXEOH ,Q 7URXEOH 2XW %DFNXS +LJK /HYHO $XGLR ,Q %DFNXS +LJK /HYHO $XGLR 2XW +LJK /HYHO $XGLR 2XW )RXU:LUH +LJK /HYHO $XGLR 5HWXUQ
3
3 3 3
3
3
3
3
)LJXUH $$ 8SSHU %RDUG &RQQHFWLRQV QRQSRZHUOLPLWHG
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
4-11
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
2YHUYLHZ
0RXQWLQJ DQ $$ $$
Installing Audio Amplifiers (AA-30/AA-100/AA-120)
,QVWDOOLQJDQ$$$$
The AA-100/AA-120 mounts directly to the cabinet backbox. In addition to mounting, do the following: 1. Connect primary (AC) and secondary (24 VDC battery) power source to each
audio amplifier. 2. Provide an external device for charging the batteries (such as an MPS-400). AA-100/AA-120 audio amplifiers mount directly to the backbox. To do so, follow the steps in Table 4-9:
Step
Action
1
Mount the AA-100/AA-120 onto the PEM studs on the cabinet backbox (in the same way as
the CHS-4 and CHS-4L chassis) as shown in Figure 4-12:
3(0 6WXGV SODFHV 3DUWLDO IURQW YLHZ RI DQ $$ &DELQHW
QXW DQG ORFNZDVKHU SODFHV
%DFNER[
)LJXUH 0RXQWLQJ DQ $$$$
2
Install the two #8 nuts and lockwashers (Figure 4-12) onto the PEM studs and tighten until
secure.
Table 4-9 Mounting an AA-100/AA-120
4-12
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Installing Audio Amplifiers (AA-30/AA-100/AA-120)
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
$$$$ 7HUPLQDOV DQG &RQQHFWRUV
Low-level audio input and high-level audio output connectors are primarily for incabinet applications where the wiring to or from the AA-100/AA-120 remains in the cabinet. For multiple-cabinet applications, use the terminals.
$$$$ /RZHU %RDUG &RQQHFWLRQV Figure 4-13 shows terminal connections to an AA-100/AA-120 lower board:
6HFRQGDU\ '& 3RZHU %DWWHU\
² ²
3ULPDU\ $& 3RZHU
(DUWK
$& +RW
$& 1HXWUDO
(DUWK
)LJXUH $$$$ /RZHU %RDUG &RQQHFWLRQV
$$$$ 8SSHU %RDUG &RQQHFWLRQV Figure 4-14 shows terminal connections to an AA-100/AA-120 Upper Board:
/RZOHYHO $XGLR ,Q 6KLHOG
/RZOHYHO $XGLR 7KURXJK
6KLHOG &RPPRQ
7URXEOH
)RXUZLUH +LJK /HYHO 5HWXUQ
+LJK /HYHO 2XW
6KLHOG ²
6KLHOG ²
9 2XWSXW
(DUWK
3
3
3
3
3
7URXEOH ,Q 7URXEOH 2XW /RZ /HYHO $XGLR ,Q /RZ /HYHO $XGLR 7KUX 7UDQVIRUPHU &RQQHFWLRQ %DFNXS +LJK /HYHO ,Q %DFNXS +LJK /HYHO 2XW +LJK /HYHO $XGLR 2XW
3
3
3
3
)LJXUH $$$$ 8SSHU %RDUG &RQQHFWLRQV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
4-13
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
2YHUYLHZ
7\SLFDO ,QVWDOODWLRQ 'UDZLQJ
1RWH &DEOHV PXVW HQWHU IURP WRS RI WKH SOXJ
Installing Audio Amplifiers (AA-30/AA-100/AA-120)
,QVWDOOLQJD%DFNXS$PSOLILHU
Use an AA-30, AA-100 or AA-120 Audio Amplifier to back up one or more amplifiers. If an amplifier fails, backup amplifier switching is automatic. To connect amplified audio output, do the following: · Use P6 for connection to VCM-4/VCE-4; or · Use P8 for connection to CMX modules. Figure 4-15 shows a typical wiring configuration using an AA-120 as a backup amplifier:
)LHOG ZLULQJ WR VSHDNHU FLUFXLWV
&DEOH
8QDPSOLILHG $0* $7* RXWSXW WRQH RU YRLFH PHVVDJH
$0*
$XGLR RXWSXW
&DEOH &DEOH
&DEOH
6\VWHP $PSOLILHU
&DEOH
&DEOH
4-14
www.PDF-Zoo.com
6\VWHP $PSOLILHU 6KLHOG
%DFNXS $PSOLILHU $$
2SWLRQDO VXSHUYLVLRQ
)LJXUH 6\VWHP &RQILJXUDWLRQ ZLWK D %DFNXS $PSOLILHU
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Voice Alarm Modules
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
9RLFH$ODUP0RGXOHV
2YHUYLHZ
Voice alarm modules for the AFP-300/AFP-400 feature removable terminal blocks that simplify installation and servicing of the control panel. These modules include the Voice Control Module (VCM-4), the Voice Control Expander (VCE-4), and the Dual Channel Module (DCM-4). For instructions on mounting modules, refer to Section 2, Installation.
0RGXOH'HVFULSWLRQV
Table 4-10 contains descriptions of the voice alarm modules and the components that come with each module.
$XGLR &DEOH $VVHPEO\
. ZDWW (QGRI/LQH 5HVLVWRU
0RGHO (/5.
. ZDWW 'XPP\ /RDG 5HVLVWRU
Module
Description
Components
Voice Control Module-4 (VCM-4)
9&0
A board that provides the control panel with up to four Style Y or Style Z speaker circuits. Moving a jumper on the VCM-4 sets the VCM-4 to drive telephone (FFT-7/ FFT-7S) circuits. When set for telephone operation, a VCM-4 accepts its signal directly from an FFT-7/FFT-7S.
· VCM-4 board · four end-of-line resistors (71252) · four dummy load resistors
(71245) · one 24-inch cable assembly
(71091) for interboard connection · a set of slide-in speaker labels · a set of slide-in telephone labels
Voice Control Expander-4 (VCE-4)
- -
-3 6-
-3 6- 6- 6-
- - - -
9&(
A board that plugs into the back of the VCM-4. This expands the voice unit up to eight Style Y or Style Z speaker circuits. When set for telephone circuit operation, the VCE-4 provides expansion for up to eight Style Y or four Style Z fire Fighter's telephone circuits.
· VCE-4 board · four end-of-line resistors (71252)
· four dummy load resistors (71245)
· one 24-inch cable assembly (71091)
· three 1-1/4 inch cables(75106)
Dual Channel Module (DCM-4)
'&0
9&(
- -
- 3 6 -
-3 6 - 6 - 6 -
- - - -
A two-board assembly (DCM-4 and VCE-4) that provides the control panel with capability to select one of two audio sources for switching to a selected speaker circuit. The DCM-4 can use up to four circuits.
· DCM-4 board VCE-4 board
· four end-of-line resistors (71252)
· four dummy load resistors (71245)
· one 24-inch cable assembly (71091)
· four 24-inch cable assemblies (71091) for interboard connection
· six 54 inch cable assemblies (75071) for connecting a DCM-4 to an AMG-1 and AA-30/ AA-120s
· a slide-in label set (15831)
Table 4-10 Voice Alarm Modules
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
4-15
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
2YHUYLHZ
Voice Alarm Modules
&RQQHFWLQJ9&06SHDNHU&LUFXLWV
Follow these guidelines when connecting VCM-4 speaker circuits: 3. Speaker circuits are supervised and power-limited. 4. Use twisted-pair cable for wiring speaker circuits. 5. Maximum speaker circuit wire resistance depends on wattage required for each
speaker. 6. Use only UL-listed speakers rated for 25 Vrms. 7. For systems with AA-100 amplifiers, you can use 70.7 Vrms speakers. Use 4.7K,
2W ELRs with 70.7 Vrms speakers. 8. Install End-of-Line resistors according to Table 4-11:
For ELR connection to devices... Use resistor part number...
with terminals with flying leads used in Canada also include
71252 71245 N-ELR Resistor Plate
9&0 6SHDNHU :LULQJ 'LDJUDP
Table 4-11 VCM-4 Speaker Resistor Requirements Figure 4-16 shows typical speaker wiring for a VCM-4 module:
2SWLRQDO 9RLFH &RQWURO ([SDQGHU 6SHDNHU &LUFXLWV SURYLGHV SRVLWLRQV ( ) * DQG +
9&0 6SHDNHU &LUFXLWV SRVLWLRQV $ % & DQG '
9&0 1)3$ 6W\OH = 6SHDNHU
1)3$ 6W\OH < . ZDWW (/5
31
6SHDNHU
6SHDNHU &LUFXLW 3RODULW\
9&0 RU 9&( 6SHDNHU &LUFXLWV
6SHDNHU
6SHDNHU
(QG HDFK XQXVHG FLUFXLW ZLWK D . (/5 31
4-16
www.PDF-Zoo.com
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO 6SHDNHU &LUFXLWV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Voice Alarm Modules
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
&RQQHFWLQJ9&07HOHSKRQH&LUFXLWV
Follow these guidelines when connecting VCM-4 telephone circuits: · Telephone circuits are supervised and power-limited. · Use twisted-pair cable for telephone circuit wiring. · Maximum telephone circuit wire resistance is 40 ohms. · Install End-of-Line Resistors according to Table 4-12:
For ELR connection to devices... with terminals with flying leads used in Canada also include
Use resistor part number... 71252 71245 N-ELR Resistor Plate
:LULQJ 'LDJUDP
Table 4-12 VCM-4 Telephone Resistor Requirements Figure 4-17 shows typical telephone wiring for a VCM-4 module:
1RWH (QG HDFK XQXVHG 9&0 FLUFXLW ZLWK D . (/5 31
2SWLRQDO 7HOHSKRQH ([SDQGHU &LUFXLWV SURYLGHV SRVLWLRQV ( ) * DQG +
7HOHSKRQH &LUFXLW SRVLWLRQV $ % & DQG '
)RXUZLUH &LUFXLW
&RQQHFWLRQV WR ))7
7ZRZLUH 7HOHSKRQH &LUFXLW . ZDWW (/5
31
9&0 FRQILJXUHG IRU WHOHSKRQH RSHUDWLRQ
9&0 RU 9&( 7HOHSKRQH &LUFXLWV
7HOHSKRQH 6WDWLRQV
. (/5 31
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO 7HOHSKRQH &LUFXLWV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
4-17
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
6HWWLQJ WKH 9&0 WR 6SHDNHU RU 7HOHSKRQH 0RGH
Voice Alarm Modules
The VCM-4 comes with a factory-installed jumper plug on JP3. Use the jumper to select the operating mode of the entire module (VCM-4 plus optional VCE-4). Select Speaker or Telephone mode as detailed in Table 4-13:
Select... Speaker mode (factory setting) Telephone mode
Do this...
Leave the jumper on JP3. 1. Remove the jumper from JP3 2. Install the jumper on JP4.
1RWH 'R QRW PL[ VSHDNHU DQG WHOHSKRQH FLUFXLWV RQ WKH VDPH PRGXOH
Table 4-13 Selecting Telephone and Speaker Mode Figure 4-18 shows how to select Speaker or Telephone mode for a VCM-4 module:
-3 ² 6SHDNHU PRGH
-3 ² 7HOHSKRQH 0RGH
&RQQHFWLQJ D &0; 0RGXOH WR 6SHDNHU &LUFXLWV
)LJXUH 6HOHFWLQJ 6SHDNHU RU 7HOHSKRQH 0RGH
Figure 4-19 shows typical wiring connections for a CMX-2 module when installed with speaker circuits. All wiring shown is supervised and power-limited. When making connections, note the following:
· Audio Branch Circuit Do not loop wire on terminals 3 and 4. Break the wire run to provide supervised connections. Audio circuits require twisted-pair wire as a minimum.
· Speaker Switching Circuit Only use speakers UL-listed for fire protection. Maximum speaker load: 43.75 watts, up to 70.7 Vrms (0.35 power factor).
6/& IURP FRQWURO SDQHO RU SUHYLRXV GHYLFH
6/& ORRS WR QH[W GHYLFH
1RWH 8VH VKLHOGHG WZLVWHGSDLU ZLUH RQ 6/& ZLULQJ
$XGLR %UDQFK &LUFXLW
. (/5 $
7R QH[W FRQWURO PRGXOH ODVW GHYLFH UHWXUQV WR DPSOLILHU IRU VXSHUYLVLRQ
6SHDNHU 6ZLWFKLQJ &LUFXLW
1RWH 'R QRW XVH WHUPLQDO RQ WKH &0; PRGXOH
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO &0; :LULQJ &RQQHFWLRQV WR 6SHDNHU &LUFXLWV
4-18
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Voice Alarm Modules
:LULQJ 1RWHV
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
&RQQHFWLQJ'XDO&KDQQHO0RGXOH&LUFXLWV
· All speaker circuits are supervised and power-limited. · Twisted-pair cable should be used for speaker circuit wiring. · Maximum speaker circuit wire resistance is dependent upon wattage required at
each speaker. · Refer to Table 4-14 for resistor values. · Use only UL-listed speakers rated for 25 Vrms.
:LULQJ 'LDJUDP
For ELR connection to devices... with terminals with flying leads used in Canada also include
Use resistor part number... 71252 71245 N-ELR Resistor Plate.
Table 4-14 DCM-4 Resistor Requirements Figure 4-20 shows typical wiring for CMX connections to speaker circuits:
1RWH )RU V\VWHPV ZLWK $$ DPSOLILHUV \RX FDQ XVH 9UPV VSHDNHUV $OVR XVH . : (/5V ZLWK 9UPV VSHDNHUV
'&0 6SHDNHU &LUFXLWV SRVLWLRQV DQG
6SHDNHU &KDQQHOV $ DQG %
1)3$ 6W\OH < . ZDWW (/5 31 7DEOH
1)3$ 6W\OH =
6SHDNHUV
'&0
6SHDNHUV
(QG HDFK XQXVHG FLUFXLW ZLWK D . (/5 31
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO :LULQJ IRU '&0 6SHDNHU &LUFXLWV 1)3$ 6W\OH <
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
4-19
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
Voice System Configurations
9RLFH6\VWHP&RQILJXUDWLRQV
9RLFH6\VWHPV:LULQJ2YHUYLHZ
This section contains typical configurations for voice systems as outlined in Table 4-15:
Configuration Internal Power Distribution CPU EIA-485 Connections Wiring an Audio Signal without a Backup Amplifier Audio Signal Wiring Using a Backup Amplifier CPU-400 Trouble Bus Connections
Refer to...
Figure 4-21 on page 4-21 Figure 4-22 on page 4-21
Figure 4-23 on page 4-22 Figure 4-24 on page 4-22
Figure 4-25 on page 4-23 Figure 4-26 on page 4-23
Figure 4-27 on page 4-24 Figure 4-28 on page 4-24
Figure 4-29 on page 4-25 Figure 4-30 on page 4-25
Table 4-15 Voice System Configurations
4-20
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Voice System Configurations
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
:LULQJ 'LDJUDP
,QWHUQDO3RZHU'LVWULEXWLRQ
Figure 4-22 shows typical wiring for distributing power within a voice system:
3RZHU &DEOH
&$%
&$%$$
([SDQGHU 5RZ 5LEERQ &DEOH
&DEOH RU
1RWH 3 DQG 3 RQ WKH $0* DQG WKH ))7 DUH LQWHUFKDQJHDEOH
%ORFN 'LDJUDP
)LJXUH 6\VWHP &RQILJXUDWLRQ ² ,QWHUQDO 3RZHU 'LVWULEXWLRQ
Figure 4-22 shows a simplified block diagram for distributing internal power within a voice system:
- 036
-
3 3 $0*
3 $0* RU
$7*
3 ))7
&38 -
)LJXUH 'LVWULEXWLRQ RI ,QWHUQDO 3RZHU %ORFN 'LDJUDP
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
4-21
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
:LULQJ 'LDJUDP
Voice System Configurations
&38(,$&RQQHFWLRQV
Figure 4-23 shows typical wiring of EIA-485 connections between the CPU, AMG-1, and annunciators:
1RWH 8VH $:* WR $:* WZLVWHGSDLU FDEOH IRU (,$ FRQQHFWLRQV
7% ² &38 RQO\
5HPRWHO\ PRXQWHG VHULDO DQQXQFLDWRUV
%ORFN 'LDJUDP
1RWH RKP HQG RIOLQH UHVLVWRUV UHTXLUHG RQ WKH ODVW 56 GHYLFH
)LJXUH &38 (,$ &RQQHFWLRQV
Figure 4-24 shows a simplified block diagram EIA-485 connections between the CPU and EIA-485 connections:
&38
3 $0*
3 2SWLRQDO $QQXQFLDWRU
3 2SWLRQDO $QQXQFLDWRU
)LJXUH %ORFN 'LDJUDP IRU 'LVWULEXWLRQ RI (,$
4-22
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Voice System Configurations
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
:LULQJ 1RWHV
:LULQJDQ$XGLR6LJQDOZLWKRXWD%DFNXS$PSOLILHU
Figure 4-25 and Figure 4-26 show the use of two AA-30s without backup. Table 4-16 lists wiring components used in Figure 4-25 and Figure 4-26.
Item
Supplied with
Low level Audio cable AA-30, AA-100, AA-120
Telephone cable
VTCC-1 package
25-volt Audio cable AA-30, AA-100, AA-120
Cable
FFT-7
470 ohm resistor
AMG-1
Part Number 75100 75121 75109 75097 R470
Table 4-16 Wiring Inventory
7\SLFDO :LULQJ 'LDJUDP Figure 4-25 shows typical wiring of an audio signal without using a backup amplifier:
)LHOG ZLULQJ WR WHOHSKRQH FLUFXLW
)LHOG ZLULQJ WR VSHDNHU FLUFXLW
1RWH 8VH $:* WR $:* WZLVWHGSDLU FDEOH IRU (,$ FRQQHFWLRQV0RXQW DQ 5 UHVLVWRU DFURVV 3 DQG 3 RQ WKH ODVW DPSOLILHU 7KLV ZLULQJ GLDJUDP DSSOLHV WR $$ $$ DQG $$ DXGLR DPSOLILHUV &RQQHFWLRQV WR SOXJV 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 DQG 3 DUH LGHQWLFDO
&38 &DEOH
9&0
9&0
&DEOH &DEOH
&DEOH
3 3
3 3
$0*
6: ))7
7KH ILUVW WZR VSHDNHU FLUFXLWV VKDUH ZDWWV IURP RQH $$ WKH WKLUG DQG IRXUWK VSHDNHU FLUFXLWV VKDUH ZDWWV IURP WKH VHFRQG $$
&DEOH
&DEOH
3 3
3
VW $$
3 3 3 QG $$
5HVLVWRU 5 PRXQWHG DFURVV 3 WHUPLQDOV DQG RQ WKH ODVW DXGLR DPSOLILHU
%ORFN 'LDJUDP
)LJXUH :LULQJ DQ $XGLR 6LJQDO ZLWKRXW D %DFNXS $PSOLILHU
Figure 4-26 shows a simplified block diagram for wiring an audio signal without using a backup amplifier:
2SWLRQDO IRXUZLUH VXSHUYLVHG UHWXUQ
3 $0*
3 3 $$ $$ $$
3
3
3
$$ $$ $$
3
3 3 $$ $$ $$
3
3 3 $$ $$ $$
3
5HVLVWRU 5 PRXQWHG DFURVV 3 WHUPLQDOV DQG RQ WKH ODVW DXGLR DPSOLILHU
&DEOH $XGLR WR 9&09&(
)LJXUH 'LVWULEXWLRQ IRU $XGLR %ORFN 'LDJUDP
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
4-23
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
Voice System Configurations
:LULQJ 1RWHV
1RWH 8VH $:* WR $:* WZLVWHGSDLU FDEOH IRU (,$ FRQQHFWLRQV 7KLV ZLULQJ GLDJUDP DSSOLHV WR $$ $$ DQG $$ DXGLR DPSOLILHUV &RQQHFWLRQV WR SOXJV 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 DQG 3 DUH LGHQWLFDO
$XGLR6LJQDO:LULQJ8VLQJD%DFNXS$PSOLILHU
Figure 4-27 and Figure 4-28 show speaker wiring using two AA-30s with a backup AA-30. Table 4-17 lists the inventory for wiring the speakers. 1. Set FFT-7 SW1 for four-wire operation (down position).
2. Mount resistor R470 across P3-4 and P3-5 on the last amplifier (Figure 4-27).
Item Low level Audio cable Telephone cable
Supplied with AA-30, AA-100, AA-120 VTCC-1 package
Part Number 75100 75121
25-volt Audio cable
AA-30, AA-100, AA-120
75109
Cable
FFT-7
75097
470 ohm resistor
AMG-1
R470
:LULQJ 'LDJUDP
7KHVH IRXU VSHDNHU FLUFXLWV VKDUH ZDWWV IURP RQH $$ 7KH $$ RQ WKH OHIW VHUYHV DV WKH EDFNXS
Table 4-17 Wiring Inventory
Figure 4-27 shows typical wiring of two AA-30s using one AA-30 as a backup:
)LHOG ZLULQJ WR WHOHSKRQH FLUFXLW
)LHOG ZLULQJ WR VSHDNHU FLUFXLW
&DEOH
&38
9&0
&DEOH
&DEOH
9&0 &DEOH
$0*
&DEOH
))7
5HVLVWRU 5 PRXQWHG D 3 WHUPLQDOV DQG RQ W ODVW DXGLR DPSOLILHU
%ORFN 'LDJUDPV
%DFNXS $PSOLILHU
6\VWHP $PSOLILHU
)LJXUH :LULQJ DQ $XGLR 6LJQDO ZLWK D %DFNXS $PSOLILHU
Figure 4-28 shows two simplified block diagrams for using a backup amplifier:
2QH EDFNXS DPSOLILHU SHU V\VWHP RU JURXS RI DPSOLILHUV
2QH EDFNXS DPSOLILHU IRU HDFK V\VWHP DPSOLILHU
3 $$ $$ $$
3
3
$$ $$ $$
3 3 $$ $$ $$
6\VWHP $PSOLILHUV
3 3 $$ $$ $$
3 $$ $$ $$
3 $$ $$ $$
3 $$ $$ $$
3 $$ $$ $$
%DFNXS $PS
6\VWHP $PS
%DFNXS $PS 6\VWHP $PS
)LJXUH %DFNXS $PSOLILHU %ORFN 'LDJUDPV
4-24
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Voice System Configurations
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
:LULQJ 1RWHV :LULQJ 'LDJUDP
&387URXEOH%XV&RQQHFWLRQV
When connecting the CPU Trouble bus, note the following: 1. P9 and P10 on audio amplifiers (AA-30, AA-100, and AA-120) and P1 and P2 on
the AVPS-24 are interchangeable. 2. Trouble cable part numbers are: 75098 (24-inch) or 71033 (60-inch). Figure 4-30 shows typical wiring for connecting a trouble bus to a CPU:
3RZHU ULEERQ FDEOH &$%$$ ² &$%; ²
&DEOH RU
&DEOH RU
%ORFN 'LDJUDP
)LJXUH &38 7URXEOH %XV &RQQHFWLRQV
Figure 4-30 shows a simplified block diagram for connecting a trouble bus:
3
$0*
'XDO&KDQQHO 6\VWHPV RQO\
3 3
$$ $$ $$
3 3
3 3
$$ $$ $$
$0*
3
036 3
$GGLWLRQDO DXGLR DPSOLILHU
2SWLRQDO $936 36
)LJXUH 7URXEOH %XV %ORFN 'LDJUDP
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
4-25
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
Wiring Speaker Circuits
:LULQJ6SHDNHU&LUFXLWV
:LULQJ6SHDNHU&LUFXLW2YHUYLHZ
This section contains typical wiring diagrams for wiring speaker circuits in the configurations listed in Table 4-18:
Configuration 30 Watt/Four and Eight Speaker Circuits
120 Watt/Four and Eight Speaker Circuits
90 Watt/Eight Speaker Circuit 240 Watt/Eight Speaker Circuit 180 Watt/Eight Speaker Circuit 30 Watt Dual Channel 120 Watt Dual Channel (AA-30s) 120 Watt Dual Channel (AA-120)
Refer to...
Four speakers Figure 4-31 on page 4-27 Eight speakers Figure 4-32 on page 4-27 Four speakers Figure 4-33 on page 4-28 Eight speakers Figure 4-34 on page 4-28 Figure 4-35 on page 4-29 Figure 4-36 on page 4-30 Figure 4-37 on page 4-31 Figure 4-38 on page 4-32 Figure 4-39 on page 4-33 Figure 4-40 on page 4-34
Table 4-18 Topics Covered in Wiring Speaker Circuits
4-26
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Wiring Speaker Circuits :LULQJ 1RWHV
:LULQJ )RXU 6SHDNHUV
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
:DWW)RXUDQG(LJKW6SHDNHU&LUFXLWV
When wiring four-and eight-speaker circuits using 30 watts of power, note the following:
1. An AA-30 supplies audio power through plug P6, or terminals 5 and 6 on terminal block P8. This audio power run is not supervised. If using the optional supervised return, a loss of audio power (due to a break in the wiring) generates a trouble signal at the AA-30.
2. If using an optional supervised four-wire return, cut resistors R8 and R9, located directly under plug P6 on the AA-30.
3. Each speaker circuit can share a maximum of 30 watts.
Figure 4-31 shows typical wiring for wiring four speaker circuits using 30 watts of power:
ZDWWV ² 7KHVH IRXU FLUFXLWV VKDUH ZDWWV
3
3
2SWLRQDO VXSHUYLVHG 5HWXUQ QRWH
:LULQJ (LJKW 6SHDNHUV
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO :DWW )RXU6SHDNHU &LUFXLW
Figure 4-32 shows typical wiring for wiring eight speaker circuits using 30 watts of power:
ZDWWV ² 7KHVH HLJKW FLUFXLWV VKDUH ZDWWV
2SWLRQDO VXSHUYLVHG 5HWXUQ 1RWH 33
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO :DWW (LJKW6SHDNHU &LUFXLW
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
4-27
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
:LULQJ 1RWHV
:LULQJ )RXU 6SHDNHUV
Wiring Speaker Circuits
:DWW)RXUDQG(LJKW6SHDNHU&LUFXLWV
When wiring four-and eight-speaker circuits using 120 watts of power, note the following:
1. The AA-120 draws audio power from plug P6, or terminals 5 and 6 of terminal block P8. This audio power run is not supervised. If using the optional supervised return, a loss of audio power (due to a break in the wiring) generates a trouble signal at the AA-120.
2. If using an optional supervised four-wire return, cut resistor R107 on the AA-120.
3. Each circuit can handle a maximum of 30 watts. Figure 4-33 shows typical wiring for wiring four speaker circuits using 120 watts of power:
7KHVH IRXU FLUFXLWV VKDUH ZDWWV ZLWK D PD[LPXP RI ZDWWV SHU FLUFXLW
:LULQJ )RXU 6SHDNHUV
02 ' 8 /(
7 <3 ( /$036 6:,7&+
63($ .(5 &,5&8,76
*5( (1 21 < (//2: 75 28%/(
21 2))
6SHDNHU &,5&8,7
02 '8 /(
7 <3 ( /$036 6:,7&+
63 ($ .( 5 &,5 & 8,7 6
*5( (1 21 < (//2: 7528 %/(
21 2))
6SHDNHU &,5&8,7
6 SH D N H U &,5&8 ,7
6SHDNHU & ,5&8 ,7
6SHDN HU & ,5 & 8 ,7
6SHDNHU &,5&8,7
6 SH D N H U &,5&8 ,7
6SHDNHU & ,5&8 ,7
3
'
3
2SWLRQDO VXSHUYLVHG
5HWXUQ 1RWH
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO :DWW )RXU6SHDNHU &LUFXLW
Figure 4-34 shows typical wiring for wiring eight speaker circuits using 120 watts of power:
7KHVH HLJKW FLUFXLWV VKDUH ZDWWV ZLWK D PD[LPXP RI ZDWWV SHU FLUFXLW
4-28
www.PDF-Zoo.com
0 2'8 /( 7 <3( /$036
6:,7&+
63 ( $.( 5 & ,5 & 8 , 7 6
*5((1 21 < (//2: 7528%/(
21 2))
0 2'8 /( 7<3( /$036
6:,7&+
63( $ .(5 & ,5 & 8 , 7 6
*5((1 21 < (//2: 7528%/(
21 2))
9&0 3
- -
-3 -3
6-
6-
6-
6-
- - - -
3
9&(
2SWLRQDO VXSHUYLVHG 5HWXUQ 1RWH
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO :DWW (LJKW6SHDNHU &LUFXLW
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Wiring Speaker Circuits
:LULQJ 1RWHV
:LULQJ 'LDJUDP
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
:DWW(LJKW6SHDNHU&LUFXLW&RQILJXUDWLRQ
When wiring eight speaker circuits using 90 watts of power, note the following:
1. The AA-30 supplies audio power through plug P6, or terminals 5 and 6 on terminal block P8. (This audio power run is not supervised.) If using the optional supervised return, a loss of audio power (due to a break in the wiring) will generate a trouble signal at the AA-30.
2. If using an optional supervised four-wire return, cut resistors R8 and R9, located directly below plug P6 on the AA-30.
3. Each circuit can handle a maximum of 30 watts.
4. In the configuration shown below, cut VCE-4 jumpers JP1 and JP2. Figure 4-35 shows typical wiring for a 90-watt (VCM-4 provides 30 watts and the VCE-4 provides 60 watts for a total of 90 watts), eight-speaker circuit:
ZDWWV ² 7KHVH IRXU FLUFXLWV VKDUH ZDWWV
ZDWWV
ZDWWV RQ WZR FLUFXLWV
ZDWWV RQ WZR FLUFXLWV
2SWLRQDO VXSHUYLVHG 5HWXUQ 1RWH
3
3
3 3
2SWLRQDO VXSHUYLVHG 5HWXUQ 1RWH
3
3
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO :DWW (LJKW6SHDNHU &LUFXLW
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
4-29
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
:LULQJ 1RWHV
:LULQJ 'LDJUDP
Wiring Speaker Circuits
:DWW(LJKW6SHDNHU&LUFXLW
When wiring eight speaker circuits using 240 watts of power, note the following:
1. The AA-120 draws audio power from plug P6, or terminals 5 and 6 of terminal block P8. This audio power run is not supervised. If using the optional supervised return, a loss of audio power (due to a break in the wiring) will generate a trouble signal at the AA-120.
2. If using an optional supervised four-wire return, cut resistor R100 on the AA-120.
3. Each circuit can handle a maximum of 30 watts.
Figure 4-36 shows typical wiring for a 240-watt, eight-speaker circuit:
ZDWWV ²7KHVH IRXU FLUFXLWV FDQ KDQGOH ZDWWV HDFK
ZDWWV ²7KHVH IRXU FLUFXLWV FDQ KDQGOH ZDWWV HDFK
9&0
9&(
2SWLRQDO VXSHUYLVHG 5HWXUQ 1RWH
2SWLRQDO VXSHUYLVHG 5HWXUQ 1RWH
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO :DWW (LJKW6SHDNHU &LUFXLW
4-30
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Wiring Speaker Circuits
:LULQJ 1RWHV
:LULQJ 'LDJUDP
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
:DWW(LJKW6SHDNHU&LUFXLW&RQILJXUDWLRQ
When wiring eight speaker circuits using 180 watts of power, note the following: 1. AA-30 audio power is drawn from plug P6 or terminals 6 and 7 of terminal block
P8. This audio power run is not supervised. If using the optional supervised return (plug P7 or terminals 2 and 3 of block P8), a loss of audio power due to a break in the wiring will generate a trouble signal at the AA-30. 2. If using an optional supervised four-wire return, cut resistors R8 and R9 (for the location of R8 and R9, see Figure 4-37). 3. Each circuit can handle a maximum of 30 watts. 4. In this configuration, cut VCE-4 and VCM-4 jumpers JP1 and JP2. Figure 4-37 shows typical wiring for a 180-watt, eight-speaker circuit:
ZDWWV WZR FLUFXLWV
ZDWWV WZR FLUFXLWV
ZDWWV ² 7KHVH IRXU FLUFXLWV FDQ KDQGOH ZDWWV HDFK
5HVLVWRUV 5 DQG 5 RQ WKH $$
$XGLR 2XWSXW &DEOH 31
$XGLR 2XWSXW &DEOH 31
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO :DWW (LJKW6SHDNHU &LUFXLW
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
4-31
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
:LULQJ 1RWHV
:LULQJ 'LDJUDP
Wiring Speaker Circuits
:DWW'XDO&KDQQHO&RQILJXUDWLRQ
When wiring circuits in a dual-channel configuration using 30 watts of power, note the following: 1. Plug P6 or terminals 5 and 6 of terminal block P8 provide AA-30 audio power.
This audio power run cannot be supervised in this configuration. 2. Maximum power is 30 watts per circuit. 3. For dual-channel operation, cut VCE-4 jumpers JP1 and JP2 (Figure 4-38). Figure 4-38 shows typical wiring for a 30-watt, dual-channel configured circuit:
ZDWWV ² 7KHVH IRXU FLUFXLWV VKDUH ZDWWV HDFK
)RU GXDOFKDQQHO RSHUDWLRQ FXW MXPSHUV -3 DQG -3
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO :DWW 'XDO &KDQQHO &RQILJXUDWLRQ
4-32
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Wiring Speaker Circuits
:LULQJ 1RWHV
:LULQJ 'LDJUDP
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
:DWW'XDO&KDQQHO&RQILJXUDWLRQ)RXU$$V
When wiring circuits in a dual-channel configuration using 120 watts of power with four AA-30s, note the following:
1. AA-30 audio power is drawn from plug P6 or terminals 6 and 7 of terminal block P8. (This audio power run is not supervised.) If using the optional supervised return (plug P7, or terminals 2 and 3 of terminal block P8), loss of audio power due to a break in the wiring generates a trouble signal at the AA-30.
2. If using an optional supervised return, cut resistors R8 and R9 on the AA-30 (for location of R8 and R9, see Figure 4-39).
3. Maximum power per circuit equals 30 watts.
4. For dual-channel operation, cut VCE-4 jumpers JP1 and JP2 (Figure 4-39). Figure 4-39 shows typical wiring for a 120-watt (using four AA-30s), dual-channel configured circuit:
ZDWWV ² 7KHVH IRXU FLUFXLWV VKDUH ZDWWV HDFK
5HVLVWRUV 5 DQG 5 RQ WKH $$
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO :DWW 'XDO &KDQQHO &RQILJXUDWLRQ $$
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
4-33
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
:LULQJ 1RWHV
:LULQJ 'LDJUDP
Wiring Speaker Circuits
:DWW'XDO&KDQQHO&RQILJXUDWLRQ7ZR$$V
When wiring circuits in a dual-channel configuration using 120 watts of power with two AA-120s, note the following: 1. AA-120 audio power is drawn from plug P6 or terminals 5 and 6 of terminal block
P8. This audio power run cannot be supervised in this configuration. 2. Each circuit can handle a maximum of 30 watts. 3. In this configuration, cut VCE-4 jumpers JP1 and JP2. Figure 4-40 shows typical wiring for a 120-watt (using two AA-120s), dual-channel configured circuit:
ZDWWV ² 7KHVH IRXU FLUFXLWV FDQ KDQGOH ZDWWV HDFK
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO :DWW 'XDO &KDQQHO &RQILJXUDWLRQ $$
4-34
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Voice Message Options (VROM and VRAM)
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
9RLFH0HVVDJH2SWLRQV9520DQG95$0
2YHUYLHZRI9520DQG95$0
You can install two types of message chips into an AMG-1:
VROM A nonvolatile memory chip containing a factory-programmed evacuation message (up to 24 seconds). You can install one or two VROMs into an AMG-1. Refer to Document 15945 for contents of available VROMs.
VRAM A programmable memory chip that contains a user-created evacuation message up to 24 seconds long. Create a message from the AMG-1 microphone or a cassette tape. You can install one or two VRAMs into an AMG-1.
,QVWDOOLQJ9520DQG95$0
To install the VROM and VRAM chips, follow the steps in Table 4-19 and refer to Figure 4-41:
$0* &LUFXLW %RDUG
$0* ZLWK 'UHVV 3DQHO
0LFURSKRQH &RQQHFWRU
9RLFH 0HVVDJH 9520 $ )DFWRU\ 3URJUDPPHG (3520 9RLFH 0HVVDJH 9520 % )DFWRU\ 3URJUDPPHG (3520
9RLFH 0HVVDJH 95$0 % 8VHU3URJUDPPHG 5$0 9RLFH 0HVVDJH 95$0 $ 8VHU3URJUDPPHG 5$0
)LJXUH $0* 'UHVV 3DQHO DQG &LUFXLW %RDUG
To install VROM or VRAM chips, follow the steps in Table 4-19.
Caution: Remove AC power at the main service circuit breaker (not the circuit breaker
on the main power supply):
Step
Action
1
Remove battery power, then remove AC power from the AFP-300/AFP-400.
2
Remove the dress panel covering the AMG-1.
3
Remove the four screws that hold the AMG1 dress panel to the component board as shown
below. Remove the dress panel and disconnect the microphone connector.
4
Install the VROM or VRAM chips in the positions as shown below
To assemble the AMG-1, reverse these instructions.
Table 4-19 Installing VROM and VRAM
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
4-35
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
ACT-1 Audio Coupling Transformer
$&7$XGLR&RXSOLQJ7UDQVIRUPHU
$&72YHUYLHZ
The ACT-1 Audio Coupling Transformer couples low-level audio to audio amplifiers or other audio inputs, such as the ATG-2. An ACT-1 can be used to couple a low-level audio signal to up to eight devices in the same cabinet. It provides electrical isolation between low-level audio riser and equipment to which the signal is to be fed (amplifiers or the ATG-2). Also, the ACT-1 provides common mode noise rejection (CMNR), greatly reducing crosstalk from Signaling Line Circuits.
You can install the ACT-1 in any application that uses AA-30, AA-100, or AA-120 audio amplifiers, subject to the following restrictions:
· The amplifiers must mount remotely from the source of low-level audio devices, such as an AMG or ATG.
· The power supplies in the main control panel cabinet and the remote cabinets do not share the same common.
· Ground fault is enabled on each power supply.
Isolated power supplies, each with respective ground fault detection circuits enabled, are often used to aid the quick location of ground faults in large systems. This task is more difficult if the entire system (main and all remote devices) share the same common and the power supply in the main control panel cabinet provides ground fault detection.
In larger systems, capacitance becomes a critical factor in creating sporadic and difficult-to-find ground faults along a single common connection. In these systems--as in systems that expand--use an ACT-1 if possible.
,VRODWLQJ3RZHU6XSSOLHV
For example, take a system consisting of a remote annunciator powered from a local supply within the same cabinet--but connected through an EIA-485 circuit--to the main control panel (Figure 4-42). A common connection occurs (although a poor one) along the EIA-485 interface. Therefore, the power supplies in this system are not adequately isolated and problems will occur. In this case, the earth fault detection of the remote power supply must be disabled and a good common connection must be made between the two systems. An ACT-1 is not required for amplifiers mounted in this remote cabinet but installation of an ACT-1 can reduce CMN from the SLC. Figure 4-42 shows a block diagram of a remote annunciator powered from a local power supply:
5HPRWH $QQXQFLDWRU
7% &38
4-36
www.PDF-Zoo.com
036
036
5HPRWH &DELQHW
0DLQ &DELQHW
)LJXUH 5HPRWH $QQXQFLDWRU 3RZHUHG IURP D /RFDO 3RZHU 6XSSO\
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
ACT-1 Audio Coupling Transformer
9RLFH $ODUP 6\VWHP
,QVWDOODWLRQ 1RWHV ,QVWDOODWLRQ 'LDJUDP
$&7,QVWDOODWLRQ
The ACT-1 connects to one of up to eight amplifiers on a channel. Multiple ACT-1s are required for amplifiers on multiple channels. To install an ACT-1, follow these steps: 1. Connect the low-level audio circuit to the terminal block on the ACT-1. 2. Connect the ACT-1 to the first amplifier in the chain. Figure 4-43 shows ACT-1 connections:
7HUPLQDO 'HVLJQDWLRQ RQ WKH $&7
&RP (DUWK 6KLHOG 7KUX 7KUX 6KLHOG $XGLR LQ $XGLR LQ
$0*
3
²
2XW
5HWXUQ
²
$0* 3RODULW\
7% 3
$XGLR 2XW DPSOLILHUV
&RQQHFWLQJ WKH $&7
3
$7* /RZOHYHO LQ IURP $0* RU $7*
2XW 2XW ² ,Q ,Q ²
$7*
$7* /RZ OHYHO 2XWSXW
3
(YDF (YDF ²
$OHUW $OHUW ²
6 ² 6KLHOG 2XW WKUX
6KLHOG ,Q
33 $$$$
)LJXUH $&7 &RQQHFWLRQV
Connect an ACT-1 as follows:
Step Action
1
Using the supplied cable, connect the Earth ground terminal on each ACT-1 to P8 on the AA-100/
AA-120 or to a screw on the upper left corner of the AA-30. The COMN terminal is intended for
optional shielding of the secondary side of the ACT-1 (low-level audio from the ACT-1 through
each amplifier). To use shield, connect to the common of the local power supply--but do not
connect this shield to the shield from the primary side of the ACT-1.
2
Daisy-chain the secondary side of the ACT-1 (low-level audio) up to a maximum of eight
amplifiers.
3
Draw additional low level audio risers (isolated from the main riser) from P4 on an audio amplifier.
7DEOH &RQQHFWLQJ DQ $&7
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
4-37
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
1RWHV
4-38
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
$SSOLFDWLRQV
$SSOLFDWLRQV2YHUYLHZ
Table 5-1 contains an index to sections and topics covered in Section 5:
Section
Covers the following topics
"Central or Remote Station Fire Alarm System" on page 5-2
"Auxiliary Fire Alarm System" on page 5-3
"NFPA 72-1993 Remote Station Fire Alarm System" on page 5-4
"NFPA 72-1993 Proprietary Fire Alarm Systems" on page 5-5
"Network Interface Board (NIB-96)" on page 5-6
"Using the XP Transponder with the AFP-300/AFP-400" on page 5-8
"Combination Fire/Security Applications" on page 5-9
"Universal Zone Coder (UZC-256)" on page 5-12
"Releasing Applications" on page 5-18
Installing and configuring a UDACT with the control panel.
How to wire for an Auxiliary Fire Alarm System (Municipal Box connected to a 4XTM).
How to wire a NFPA 72-1993 Remote Station Fire Alarm System (Fire·Lite RS82 Remote Station Receiver).
How to configure a control panel to automatically transmit General Alarm, General Trouble, and General Supervisory signals, and will receive Acknowledge, Silence, and Reset commands automatically from the AM2020/AFP1010.
How to connect an NIB-96 to a control panel, including SLC and EIA-485 Connections.
How to wire an XP Series Transponder to the CPU.
How to use the control panel as a combination Fire/Security and Security system, including the following: · Installing a Security Tamper Switch into the CAB-400AA. · Installing a Security Tamper Switch into the CAB-X3. · Circuit Wiring.
How to install the UZC-256 and to do the following: · Wire 12 Zone-Coded NACs. · Wire 20 Zone-Coded NACs.
How to install the following releasing applications: · a Releasing Device to the MPS-400. · a Releasing Device to an ICM-4/ICE-4 Module. · a Releasing Device to a CMX Module. · an N-ARA-10 Agent Release-Abort Station. · a Combination Waterflow/Supervisory Valve Monitor.
7DEOH $)3$)3 $SSOLFDWLRQV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
5-1
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSOLFDWLRQV
Central or Remote Station Fire Alarm System
&HQWUDORU5HPRWH6WDWLRQ)LUH$ODUP6\VWHP
1RWH $Q 1)3$ &HQWUDO 6WDWLRQ UHTXLUHV KRXUV RI VWDQGE\ SRZHU DQ 1)3$ 5HPRWH 6WDWLRQ UHTXLUHV KRXUV RI VWDQGE\ SRZHU
,QVWDOODWLRQ
Figure 5-1 shows typical wiring diagram for a NFPA 72-1993 Central Station Fire Alarm System (Protected Premises Unit) or a Remote Station Fire Alarm System (Protected Premises Unit) using the UDACT and control panel. Connect and program the Universal Digital Alarm Communicator/Transmitter (UDACT) according to the directions given in the UDACT Manual (Document 50050 Rev. D or higher).
:LULQJ'LDJUDP
Figure 5-1 shows typical wiring between a UDACT and the control panel:
$)3$)3 &DELQHW
)HUULWH FRUHV 31
6XSHUYLVHG DQG SRZHUOLPLWHG (,$ DQG SRZHU ZLULQJ
&38 036
(,$ $&6 0RGH 7% 7% ²
7R VXSHUYLVHG SKRQH OLQHV
6ROLG HDUWK JURXQG
7% 7% ² 9'& 1RQUHVHWWDEOH SRZHU
1RWH ,QVWDOO D RKP (2/ UHVLVWRU 31 8'$&7 7% WHUPLQDOV DQG LI ODVW RU RQO\ GHYLFH RQ (,$ OLQH
8'$&7 LQ $%65 VKRZQ ZLWK FRYHU UHPRYHG
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO :LULQJ 'LDJUDP IRU D &HQWUDO 6WDWLRQ )LUH $ODUP 6\VWHP
5-2
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Auxiliary Fire Alarm System
$SSOLFDWLRQV
$X[LOLDU\)LUH$ODUP6\VWHP
1RWH 1)3$ $X[LOLDU\ UHTXLUHV KRXUV RI VWDQGE\ SRZHU
2YHUYLHZ
Figure 5-2 shows typical wiring for an Auxiliary Fire Alarm System (Municipal Box connected to a 4XTM). Note the following:
1. The Local Energy Municipal Box circuit is nonpower-limited. Maintain at least a 0.25 inch space between the Municipal Box Circuit wiring and all power-limited circuit wiring.
2. Municipal Box wiring can leave the building.
3. Maximum Municipal Box circuit resistance allowed for wiring from the control panel to the municipal box is 3 ohms. Electrical values for the Auxiliary Fire Alarm System are listed in Table 5-2:
Item Supervisory current Trip current Coil voltage Coil resistance
Value 5.0 mA 0.35 A (subtracted from notification appliance power) 3.65 VDC 14.6 ohms
7DEOH $X[LOLDU\ )LUH $ODUP 6\VWHP (OHFWULFDO 9DOXHV
:LULQJ'LDJUDP
Figure 5-2 shows a typical wiring diagram of 4XTM connected to a Municipal Box:
0XQLFLSDO %R[ &LUFXLW
*DPHZHOO 0RGHO 0 /RFDO (QHUJ\ 0XQLFLSDO %R[
;70 7UDQVPLWWHU 0RGXOH DFWLYDWHG SRVLWLRQ VKRZQ
)LJXUH 1)3$ $X[LOLDU\ )LUH $ODUP 6\VWHP
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
5-3
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSOLFDWLRQV
NFPA 72-1993 Remote Station Fire Alarm System
1)3$5HPRWH6WDWLRQ)LUH$ODUP6\VWHP
2YHUYLHZ
Figure 5-3 shows typical wiring for NFPA 72-1993 Remote Station Fire Alarm System (UL-listed Fire-Lite RS82 Remote Station Receiver). Note the following:
1. This application is intended for connection to a polarity reversal circuit of a remote station receiving unit with compatible ratings.
2. All connections are power-limited and supervised except the reverse polarity loop.
3. Circuit supervision is the responsibility of the receiver.
4. Remote Alarm and Remote Trouble wiring can leave the building.
5. Maximum load for each circuit: 10 mA; Reverse polarity output voltage: 24 VDC (nominal) or 28 VDC (max).
1RWH 5HIHU WR )LUH/LWH $ODUPV ,QF ,QVWUXFWLRQ 0DQXDO IRU WKH 5HPRWH 6WDWLRQ 5HFHLYHU 0RGHO 56
:LULQJ'LDJUDP
Figure 5-3 shows typical wiring for NFPA 72-1993 Remote Station Fire Alarm System:
;70 7UDQVPLWWHU 0RGXOH DFWLYDWHG SRODULWLHV VKRZQ
)LJXUH 5HPRWH 6WDWLRQ &RQQHFWLRQ 8VLQJ D ;70 0RGXOH
5-4
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
NFPA 72-1993 Proprietary Fire Alarm Systems
$SSOLFDWLRQV
1)3$3URSULHWDU\)LUH$ODUP6\VWHPV
2YHUYLHZ
The AFP-300/AFP-400 will automatically transmit General Alarm, General Trouble, and General Supervisory signals, and will receive Acknowledge, Silence, and Reset commands automatically from the AM2020/AFP1010. To transmit zone alarm and zone trouble information, program the AFP-300/AFP-400 points to software zones 1 through 99.
For information on installing and programming the Receiving unit, refer to the AM2020/AFP1010 and NIB-96 manuals.
:LULQJ'LDJUDP
Figure 5-4 shows a simplified block diagram of connections between an AM2020/ AFP1010 receiving unit and an AFP-300/AFP-400 protected premises unit:
$0$)3 /,%
$0$)3 5HFHLYLQJ 8QLW
6/& /RRS
1,% $)3$)3
$)3$)3 3URWHFWHG 3UHPLVHV 8QLW 6/& /RRS
1,%
$)3$)3 3URWHFWHG 3UHPLVHV 8QLW
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO 3URSULHWDU\ )LUH $ODUP 6\VWHPV :LULQJ &RQQHFWLRQV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
5-5
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSOLFDWLRQV
Network Interface Board (NIB-96)
1HWZRUN,QWHUIDFH%RDUG1,%
1,%2YHUYLHZ
The Network Interface Board (NIB-96) is a microprocessor-controlled module that connects slave fire alarm control panels to a master fire control panel. Typically, NIB-96 modules are physically located in each slave control panel, which can contain 8 to 96 input/output points. This section contains board and wiring information for connecting a NIB-96 to an AFP-300/AFP-400 control panel.
Circuit Power Standby Alarm
Requirements 24 VDC power-limited 22 mA 22 mA
7DEOH 1,% 3RZHU 5HTXLUHPHQWV
1,%$VVHPEO\
Figure 5-5 shows terminal connections and switches on a NIB-96 board:
6/& 2QOLQH /(' (,$ 2QOLQH /(' 7URXEOH /('
3RZHU ,Q
3RZHU 2XW
6/& FRQQHFWLRQV (,$ FRQQHFWLRQV
6L]H 6HOHFW VZLWFK 6/& 6WDUW $GGUHVV VZLWFKHV 6: 6:
3RZHU FRQQHFWRU
)LJXUH 1HWZRUN ,QWHUIDFH %RDUG
Item
Description
Trouble LED
Yellow LED lights during loss of communications on EIA-485 or SLC loop.
EIA-485 Online LED Green LED blinks during communication with the slave FACP.
SLC Online LED
Green LED blinks during communication with the master FACP.
SLC and EIA-485 connections
All connections are power-limited and supervised. See Sections 3, 4, and 5 for details on connection requirements. See Figure 5-6 for terminal assignments.
Power In
Connects NIB to the Main Power Supply (if not mounted in an ICA-4/L).
Power Out
Connection to other equipment.
Power connector
Power connection for the AM2020/AFP1010 slave.
SLC Start Address switches
Set to 01 through 99. (Note that the sum of Address and Size cannot exceed 99.)
Size Select switch
Switch that lets you select the number of points (select 1-8) monitored on the slave panel.
7DEOH 1HWZRUN ,QWHUIDFH %RDUG &RPSRQHQWV
5-6
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Network Interface Board (NIB-96)
$SSOLFDWLRQV
1,%6/&DQG(,$&RQQHFWLRQV
Figure 5-6 shows the pinouts for SLC (P5) and EIA-485 (P4) connections on the NIB-96 board. The EIA-485 circuit requires a serial connection. Connect only one wire to each screw terminal.
6/& /RRS ,Q 6/& /RRS ,Q 6KLHOG 6/& /RRS ,Q ² (DUWK JURXQG 6/& /RRS 2XW 6/& /RRS 2XW 6KLHOG 6/& /RRS 2XW ² (DUWK JURXQG
(,$ /RRS 2XW (,$ /RRS ,Q ² (,$ /RRS 2XW ² (,$ /RRS ,Q 1R FRQQHFWLRQ 1R FRQQHFWLRQ
3 ² 6/&
3 ² (,$
)LJXUH 6/& DQG (,$ &RQQHFWLRQV
:LULQJ6SHFLILFDWLRQV
Table 5-5 contains the wiring specifications for wiring an SLC and an EIA-485 circuit:
Circuit SLC Loop
EIA-485
Wiring Specifications
Supervised and power-limited Maximum wiring distance: 10,000 feet at 12 AWG Maximum loop current: 200 mA (short circuit) or 100 mA (normal) Maximum loop resistance: 40 ohms
Supervised and power-limited ±5 volts peak-to-peak Maximum wiring distance: 6000 feet at 14 AWG Maximum circuit resistance: 40 ohms Characteristic impedance of wiring: 120 ohms Transmission rate: 2400 baud
7DEOH 1,% :LULQJ 6SHFLILFDWLRQV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
5-7
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSOLFDWLRQV
Using the XP Transponder with the AFP-300/AFP-400
8VLQJWKH;37UDQVSRQGHUZLWKWKH$)3$)3
;37UDQVSRQGHU2YHUYLHZ
The XP Series Transponder is a multiplex subsystem that communicates directly with the CPU through an SLC loop. If the CPU fails or loses power, the XP can operate in a degraded stand-alone mode. To the AFP-300/AFP-400, XP Transponder circuits appear as individual addressable monitor or control modules. For more information, refer to the XP Transponder manual.
:LULQJ'LDJUDP
Figure 5-7 shows typical wiring between an XP Series Transponder and the CPU:
6/& /RRS 7HUPLQDO 7HUPLQDO ²
&38
;33 &38 RQO\
)LJXUH &RQQHFWLQJ DQ ;3 7UDQVSRQGHU WR WKH &38
5-8
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Combination Fire/Security Applications
$SSOLFDWLRQV
&RPELQDWLRQ)LUH6HFXULW\$SSOLFDWLRQV
2YHUYLHZ
You can use the control panel as a combination Fire/Security and Security system when operated according to the instructions in this section.
*HQHUDO2SHUDWLRQ
For security applications, program one or more MMX modules with the Security ALA type code, and wire as shown in Figure 5-10. Activating this type of MMX module lights the Security LED, and displays a security alarm condition on the control panel LCD. The panel sounder will sound until you press <Acknowledge>. You can also program additional sounders or output devices to activate with the security alarm initiating device. The Security ALA type circuit is designed to indicate an alarm as follows: (a) on an open or short circuit; or (b) on a ±50% change in resistance value from the end-of-line resistor value.
A tamper switch installed in the cabinet door will indicate a Door Tamper condition whenever the door is open. If the control panel indicates a Security ALA condition, you can acknowledge, silence, or reset the condition from the control panel.
When the system resets, a 30-second exit timer starts. During this time the tamper switch and all SECURITY ALA type alarms are ignored. There is no entrance delay timer.
For bypass of security zones, use the DISABLE routine (covered in the Status Change section of the AFP-300/AFP-400 Operations Manual) for Security ALA type devices.
,QVWDOOLQJ D 6HFXULW\ 7DPSHU 6ZLWFK LQWR WKH &$%$$
,QVWDOOLQJD6HFXULW\7DPSHU6ZLWFK
Wire the cabinet with a security tamper switch kit (Figure 5-8). CAB-400AA cabinets require tamper switch model STS-200; CAB-X3 cabinets require model STS-1. 1. Install the STS-200 Tamper Switch onto the CAB-400AA as shown in Figure 5-8. 2. Connect the STS-200 connector to J5 (`Tamper") on the MPS-400.
676 7DPSHU 6ZLWFK
036
036 - ´7DPSHUµ
)LJXUH ,QVWDOOLQJ WKH 676 7DPSHU 6ZLWFK
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
5-9
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSOLFDWLRQV
Combination Fire/Security Applications
,QVWDOOLQJ D 6HFXULW\ 7DPSHU 6ZLWFK LQWR WKH &$%;
1. Install the STS-1 tamper switch onto the side of the backbox opposite the door hinge.
2. Push the STS-1 through the opening in the backbox until the switch snaps into place.
3. Install the magnet on the same side of the cabinet door as the lock. Push the magnet through the opening in the door until the magnet snaps into place.
4. Connect the STS-1 connector to J5 (Tamper) on the MPS-400.
&$%; 6HULHV EDFNER[
036
0RXQWLQJ ORFDWLRQ VLGH RSSRVLWH WR GRRU KLQJHV
676 7DPSHU 6ZLWFK
1RWH )RU GHWDLOHG LQVWUXFWLRQ RQ SURJUDPPLQJ W\SH FRGHV UHIHU WR WKH $)3$)3 3URJUDPPLQJ 0DQXDO
036 - 7DPSHU
)LJXUH ,QVWDOOLQJ WKH 676 6HFXULW\ 7DPSHU 6ZLWFK
5HFHLYLQJ8QLW
For applications requiring transmission of security alarm information to a central receiving unit, the control panel may be connected to an AM-2020 or AFP-1010 provided with a NIB-96 network interface board. (For wiring information, refer to Appendix B.) Configure the AM2020/AFP1010 for Combination Fire/Security applications as outlined in the installation section of the AM2020/AFP1010 manual. Security alarm zones are reported to the AM2020/AFP1010. through the NIB-96. Program AM2020/AFP1010 networked monitor points as a SARM type code (security alarm).
3URJUDPPLQJ
The control panel can communicate with any number of Security ALA type code devices. To do so, program the points as follows: 1. Select the address of the monitor module(s) to be used for security; and
2. Set the type code to Security ALA.
5-10
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Combination Fire/Security Applications
$SSOLFDWLRQV
:LULQJIRU3URSULHWDU\6HFXULW\$ODUP$SSOLFDWLRQV
Figure 5-10 shows typical wiring for proprietary security alarm applications with a CMX configured as a Notification Appliance Circuit. Note the following:
1RWH 00;V DUH SURJUDPPHG ZLWK VRIWZDUH W\SH 6HFXULW\ $/$
1. The CMX is configured as a Notification Appliance Circuit (do not break tabs) and programmed in the Protected Premises Unit.
2. Supplementary use only applies to UL-listed systems.
Refer to Device Compatibility Document 15378 for compatible Notification Appliance Circuits.
$)3$)3 3URWHFWHG 3UHPLVHV 8QLW
6/& &KDQQHO $ RU %
²
00; 00;
8/OLVWHG QRUPDOO\RSHQ VHFXULW\ VZLWFK
. (QGRI/LQH 5HVLVWRU
8/OLVWHG QRUPDOO\FORVHG VHFXULW\ VZLWFK
8/OLVWHG QRUPDOO\RSHQ VHFXULW\ VZLWFK
. (QGRI/LQH 5HVLVWRU
8/OLVWHG QRUPDOO\FORVHG VHFXULW\ VZLWFK
7R QH[W GHYLFH
² 8/OLVWHG 9'& 3RZHU 6XSSO\
&0;
9'& 8/OLVWHG 1RWLILFDWLRQ $SSOLDQFH
. (QGRI/LQH 5HVLVWRU
)LJXUH :LULQJ 'LDJUDP IRU 3URSULHWDU\ 6HFXULW\ $ODUP $SSOLFDWLRQV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
5-11
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSOLFDWLRQV
Universal Zone Coder (UZC-256)
8QLYHUVDO=RQH&RGHU8=&
8=&'HVFULSWLRQ
The UZC-256 board is used for zone coding, providing up to 256 software zone codes. The UZC-256 monitors system status through the CPU EIA-485 annunciator port and outputs pre-programmed codes in response to signals it receives. This section contains descriptions of the UZC-256 board and instructions for installing the board. For additional information, refer to the UZC-256 manual.
8=&&RQQHFWRUVDQG,QGLFDWRUV
Figure 5-11 shows the connections and indicators on the UZC-256 board:
1RWLILFDWLRQ $SSOLDQFH &LUFXLW 3RZHU &RQQHFWLRQV VHH )LJXUH RQ SDJH 2Q /LQH /(' $ODUP 7HVW /('
7URXEOH /('
3RZHU 6XSHUYLVLRQ (,$ &RQQHFWLRQ
(,$ &RQQHFWLRQ VHH )LJXUH RQ SDJH
3RZHU ,Q
3RZHU 2XW
0RGH 6HOHFW 6ZLWFK
9 3RZHU &RQQHFWRU
)LJXUH 8=& %RDUG &RQQHFWRUV DQG ,QGLFDWRUV
Table 5-6 contains descriptions of the components shown in Figure 5-11.
Item
Description
Trouble LED
Yellow LED lights when one or more trouble conditions occur.
Alarm Test LED A red LED that lights according to the main coded output.
On Line LED
A green LED that blinks during communication with the master control panel.
Notification
Power connections for NAC outputs.
Appliance Circuits
Power Out
Output for providing power to the next device in power chain.
Power In
Provides main connection to power supply. (Use a power-limited power supply.)
9V Power Connector
Input for 9-volt power for remote UZC-256 programming.
Power Supervision
Connections for power supervision wiring.
Mode Select Switch
Switch to toggle the UZC-256 between "Normal" and "Programming" mode.
EIA-232 Connection
Female DB-9 connector for programming from an IBM-compatible computer.
EIA-485 Connection
All connections are power-limited and supervised. See Figure 5-12 on page 5-13 for terminal assignment.
7DEOH 'HVFULSWLRQV RI 8=& &RPSRQHQWV
5-12
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Universal Zone Coder (UZC-256)
$SSOLFDWLRQV
1$&DQG(,$3RZHU&RQQHFWLRQV
Figure 5-12 shows the NAC and EIA-485 power connections on the UZC-256 board:
1$& FLUFXLW 1& &20 12
1$& 3RZHU &RQQHFWLRQV
1$& FLUFXLW SRZHU
1$& FLUFXLW SRZHU
1$& FLUFXLW SRZHU
2XW ,Q
2XW ,Q 2XW ,Q
! !
3 3 3 3
1$& FLUFXLW 1& &20 12
1$& FLUFXLW
1&
&20
12
(,$ &RQQHFWLRQV
5HIHUHQFH
(,$ ,Q (,$ 2XW
(,$ ,Q ² (,$ 2XW ²
7%
7%
/RFDWLRQ RI 1$& SRZHU &RQQHFWLRQV RQ 8=& ERDUG VHH )LJXUH RQ SDJH
/RFDWLRQ RI (,$ SRZHU &RQQHFWLRQV RQ 8=& ERDUG VHH )LJXUH RQ SDJH
)LJXUH 8=& (,$ DQG 1$& 3RZHU &RQQHFWLRQV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
5-13
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSOLFDWLRQV
Universal Zone Coder (UZC-256)
2YHUYLHZ &$%; ,QVWDOODWLRQ
,QVWDOOLQJWKH8=&
You can mount the UZC-256 into a CAB-X3 or a CAB-400AA. This section shows how to install the UZC-256 both ways. For information on configuring the UZC-256 module, refer to Section 5, "Applications."
The UZC-256 mounts beneath the third and fourth modules on the CHS-4 chassis, to the right of the CPU. Install the module as follows:
1. Thread the supplied three hex standoffs to the mounting studs on the CHS-4 chassis (Figure 2-13).
0RGXOH
&+6
&+6 &KDVVLV
,QVHUWLQJ Q\ORQ VWDQGRII DQG VHOIWDSSLQJ VFUHZ
8=& 0RGXOH
0RXQWLQJ VFUHZV WKUHH SODFHV +H[ VWDQGRII WKUHH SODFHV
&$%$$ ,QVWDOODWLRQ
)LJXUH 0RXQWLQJ D 8=& WR D &+6
2. Place the module onto the CHS-4 as shown in Figure 2-13; then, insert and tighten the mounting screws.
You can also mount the module to the upper right corner of the CAB-400AA Series cabinet as follows:
1. Place the module into the CAB-400AA as shown in Figure 2-14.
&$%$$ &DELQHW
0RGXOH
&$%$$
8=& 0RGXOH
6HOIWDSSLQJ VFUHZ WKUHH SODFHV
,QVHUWLQJ Q\ORQ VWDQGRII DQG VHOIWDSSLQJ VFUHZ
)LJXUH 0RXQWLQJ WKH 8=& LQWR D &$%$$ &DELQHW
2. Attach the module to the CAB-400AA with the self-tapping screws.
5-14
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Universal Zone Coder (UZC-256)
$SSOLFDWLRQV
1RWH 5HIHU WR 'HYLFH &RPSDWLELOLW\ 'RFXPHQW IRU FRPSDWLEOH UHOD\V DQG GHYLFHV
8=&(OHFWULFDO&RQQHFWLRQV
To connect the UZC-256 to the CPU, follow these steps: 1. Connect the main power harness (PN 75100, provided with the UZC-256) from
MPS-400 connector J1 to UZC-256 connector P2. 2. Connect the EIA-485 ACS annunciator port as follows:
CPU, TB4-1 to UZC-256 TB2-3 CPU, TB4-2 to UZC-256 TB2-5 (UZC-256 terminals are numbered from right to left.) 3. Connect notification appliance power devices as shown in Figure 5-15.
:LULQJ'LDJUDP
Figure 5-15 shows typical connections between the UZC-256 and NACs:
6\VWHP 6HQVRU $ &DQDGD 1(/5 (QGRI/LQH 5HVLVWRU . ZDWWV VXSHUYLVHG DQG SRZHUOLPLWHG
8/OLVWHG 3RZHU 6XSHUYLVLRQ 5HOD\V
²
²
7R QH[W GHYLFH RQ ORRS
²
9'& 1RWLILFDWLRQ $SSOLDQFHV
/RRS 2XW
&0;
&38
8=&
3RZHU 6XSSO\
&RQQHFW WR &38 7% DV IROORZV WR 7% ² WR 7%
7% 8=&
036 7% DQG 7% ² RU $936 7% DQG 7% ² RU 8/OLVWHG 9'& SRZHUOLPLWHG UHVHWWDEOH SRZHU VXSSO\ IRU )LUH 3URWHFWLYH 6LJQDOLQJ
)LJXUH 8=& &RQQHFWLRQV WR &0; 0RGXOHV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
5-15
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSOLFDWLRQV
+RUL]RQWDO &RQQHFWLRQ
Universal Zone Coder (UZC-256)
:LULQJ=RQH&RGHG1$&V
This section contains information for wiring UZC-256 modules for 12 zone-coded NACs. Table 5-7 contains a list of connections between panel modules and the UZC-256. (All cables are PN 71091, except cable PN 71093 between the MPS-400 and the UZC-256.) Make sure to mate all connectors (except MPS-400, J3) as shown in Figure 5-16.
UZC-256 CKT #1 CKT #2 CKT #3
Connector
P6 P7 TB1-1, TB1-2, TB1-3
P8 P9 TB1-4, TB1-5, TB1-6
TB1-8 TB1-9 TB1-7, P10, P11
Connects to...
AVPS-24 #1, P3 ICM-4, J5 No connections
AVPS-24 #2, P3 ICE-4, J5 No connections
MPS-400, J3 (black wire) MPS-400, J3 No connections
7DEOH &RQQHFWLRQ 7DEOH IRU =RQH&RGHG 1$&V
Figure 5-16 shows a simplified block diagram wiring modules for 12 zone-coded NACs:
7KH 036 SRZHUV WKHVH IRXU ]RQHFRGHG 1$&V 7KH FRPELQHG DODUP ORDG RQ WKH 036 FDQQRW H[FHHG $ (DFK 1$& LV UDWHG DW $ PD[LPXP
)RU 8=& 1$& FRQQHFWLRQV VHH )LJXUH RQ SDJH
9HUWLFDO &RQQHFWLRQ
7KHVH IRXU 1$&V VKDUH $ DQG DUH SRZHUHG IURP $936 7KHVH IRXU 1$&V VKDUH $ DQG DUH SRZHUHG IURP $936
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO :LULQJ IRU =RQH&RGHG 1$&V
5-16
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Universal Zone Coder (UZC-256)
$SSOLFDWLRQV
:LULQJ=RQH&RGHG1$&V
This section contains information for wiring UZC-256 modules for 20 zone-coded NACs. Table 5-8 contains a list of connections between the panel modules and the UZC-256. (All cables are PN 71091, except cable PN 71093 between the MPS-400 and the UZC-256.). Make sure to mate all connectors (except MPS-400, J3) as shown in Figure 5-17.
UZC-256 CKT #1 CKT #2 CKT #3
Connector
P6 P7 TB1-1, TB1-2, TB1-3
P8 P9 TB1-4, TB1-5, TB1-6
TB1-8 TB1-9 TB1-7, P10, P11
Connects to...
AVPS-24 #1, P3 ICM-4, J5 No connections
AVPS-24 #2, P3 ICM-4, J5 No connections
MPS-400, J3 (black wire) MPS-400, J3 No connections
7DEOH &RQQHFWLRQ 7DEOH IRU =RQH&RGHG 1$&V
Figure 5-17 shows a simplified block diagram wiring modules for 20 zone-coded NACs:
+RUL]RQWDO &RQQHFWLRQ
7KH 036 SRZHUV WKHVH IRXU ]RQHFRGHG 1$&V 7KH FRPELQHG DODUP ORDG RQ WKH 036 FDQQRW H[FHHG $ (DFK 1$& LV UDWHG DW $ PD[LPXP
7KHVH HLJKW 1$&V VKDUH $ DQG DUH SRZHUHG IURP $936
9HUWLFDO &RQQHFWLRQ
)RU 8=& 1$& FRQQHFWLRQV VHH )LJXUH RQ SDJH
7KHVH HLJKW 1$&V VKDUH $ DQG DUH SRZHUHG IURP $936
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO :LULQJ IRU =RQH&RGHG 1$&V
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
5-17
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
Releasing Applications
9;
When used for CO2 releasing applications, observe proper precautions as
stated in NFPA 12. Do not enter the protected space unless physical lookout
and other safety procedures are fully completed. Do not use software
disable functions in the panel as lockout.
This control panel can be used for agent release or preaction/deluge control applications. When used with compatible, listed actuating and initiating devices, the control panel meets the requirements of these NFPA standards:
Standard NFPA 12 NFPA 12A NFPA 12B NFPA 13 NFPA 15 NFPA 16 NFPA 17 NFPA 17A NFPA 2001
Covers CO2 Extinguishing Systems Halon 1301 Extinguishing Systems Halon 1211 Extinguishing Systems Sprinkler Systems Water Spray Systems Foam-Water Deluge and Foam-water Spray Systems Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems
( &
!-- )
The control panel supports a maximum of ten releasing areas. You can divide the releasing circuits among the MPS-400 releasing outputs, the ICM-4, ICE-4, and CMX modules. For more information, refer to the AFP-300/AFP-400 Programming manual.
(
Table 5-10 contains references to wiring diagrams for releasing applications:
To connect... A releasing device to the MPS-400
A Releasing Device to an ICM-4/ICE-4
A releasing device to a CMX Module.
An N-ARA-10 Agent Release-Abort Station. A combination waterflow/supervisory valve monitor
Refer to...
"Connecting a Releasing Device to the MPS-400" on page 5-19.
"Connecting a Releasing Device to an ICM-4/ICE-4 Module" on page 5-20.
"Connecting a Releasing Device to a CMX Module" on page 5-21.
"Connecting an N-ARA-10 Agent Release-Abort Station" on page 5-22.
"Installing a Combination Waterflow/Supervisory Valve Monitor" on page 5-23.
)
5-18
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C2 10/29/98
firealarmresources.com
Releasing Applications
2YHUYLHZ
7\SLFDO &RQQHFWLRQV
$SSOLFDWLRQV
&RQQHFWLQJD5HOHDVLQJ'HYLFHWRWKH036
When connecting a releasing device to an MPS-400, note the following:
1. The control panel provides four NAC/Releasing Circuits (Style Y or Z). Each circuit can provide 2.5 A. Total current drawn from the MPS-400 cannot exceed 6 A (see Table G-2 on page G-3). Use UL-listed 24 VDC appliances only.
2. Circuits are supervised and power-limited. For more information, refer to the Notifier Compatibility Document.
3. For NFPA 13 and 15 applications, disable the Soak Timer (Soak=0000); for NFPA 16 applications, set the Soak Timer (0600-0900 seconds). Refer to the AFP-300/AFP-400 Programming Manual for instructions on setting the Soak Timer.
4. In applications not requiring power-limited circuits a) End-of-Line devices (PN REL-2.2K) are not required; however, the releasing device circuit is not supervised against shorts; b) Limited energy cable cannot be used for wiring of a releasing device circuit; c) Maintain a 0.25 inch spacing between the releasing circuit device wiring and any power-limited circuit wiring; and d) Program the releasing circuit for type code RELEASE CKT.
Figure 5-18 shows typical connections for wiring a releasing device to an MPS-400:
5(/.
5HG
%URZQ
²
7%²7% ² 1$&5HOHDVLQJ 1$&5HOHDVLQJ RXWSXW VRXUFH ² 1$&5HOHDVLQJ RXWSXW VRXUFH &ODVV $ UHWXUQ ² &ODVV $ UHWXUQ
(DFK FLUFXLW LV SRZHUOLPLWHG DQG VXSHUYLVHG
3URJUDP UHOHDVLQJ FLUFXLWV ZLWK W\SH FRGH 5(/ &.7 8/&
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO &RQQHFWLRQ RI D 5HOHDVLQJ 'HYLFH WR WKH 036
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
5-19
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSOLFDWLRQV
2YHUYLHZ
7\SLFDO &RQQHFWLRQV
Releasing Applications
&RQQHFWLQJD5HOHDVLQJ'HYLFHWRDQ,&0,&(0RGXOH
When connecting a releasing device to an ICM-4 or ICE-4 module, note the following:
1. The ICM-4 and ICE-4 provide four NAC/Releasing Circuits (Style Y or Z). Each circuit can provide 3 A of current. Make sure to keep total system current within the limits of the power supply. Use UL-listed 24 VDC appliances only.
2. Circuits are supervised and power-limited. For more information, refer to the Notifier Compatibility Document.
3. For NFPA 13 and 15 applications, disable the Soak Timer (Soak=0000); for NFPA 16 applications, set the Soak Timer (0600-0900 seconds). Refer to the AFP-300/AFP-400 Programming Manual for instructions on setting the Soak Timer.
4. In applications not requiring power-limited circuits a) End-of-Line devices (PN REL-4.7K) are not required; however, the releasing device circuit is not supervised against shorts; b) Limited energy cable cannot be used for wiring of a releasing device circuit; c) Maintain a 0.25 inch spacing between the releasing circuit device wiring and any power-limited circuit wiring; and d) Program the releasing circuit for type code RELEASE CKT.
Figure 5-19 shows typical connections for wiring a releasing device to an ICM-4 or ICE-4 module:
5(/.
5HG
%URZQ
²
(DFK FLUFXLW LV SRZHUOLPLWHG DQG VXSHUYLVHG 3URJUDP PRGXOHV IRU W\SH FRGH 5(/ &.7 8/&
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO &RQQHFWLRQ RI 5HOHDVLQJ 'HYLFH WR DQ ,&0,&( 0RGXOH
5-20
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Releasing Applications
$SSOLFDWLRQV
2YHUYLHZ 7\SLFDO &RQQHFWLRQV
&RQQHFWLQJD5HOHDVLQJ'HYLFHWRD&0;0RGXOH
You can use CMX modules for releasing circuits. Each module can control 1 A of current. Make sure to keep total system current within the limits of the power supply. You can power the CMX from the MPS-400 or any UL-listed 24 VDC power-limited power supply for Fire Protective Signaling. For more information, refer to the Notifier Compatibility Document.
1. For NFPA 13 and 15 applications, disable the Soak Timer (Soak=0000); for NFPA 16 applications, set the Soak Timer (0600-0900 seconds). Refer to the AFP-300/ AFP-400 Programming Manual for instructions on setting the Soak Timer.
2. In applications not requiring power-limited circuits a) End-of-Line devices (PN REL-47K) are not required; however, the releasing device circuit is not supervised against shorts; b) limited energy cable cannot be used for wiring of a releasing device circuit; c) Maintain a 0.25 inch spacing between the releasing circuit device wiring and any power-limited circuit wiring; and d) Program the releasing circuit for type code RELEASE CKT.
3. Each circuit is power-limited and supervised.
4. Program the CMX for type code REL CKT ULC.
Figure 5-20 shows typical connections for wiring a releasing device to a CMX module:
6/& WR &38
5HOHDVLQJ 'HYLFH 8/OLVWHG ² 9'&
9'& 3RZHU IURP 036
3RZHU 6XSHUYLVLRQ 5HOD\ $%
5HG
%URZQ
5(/.
1& 6XSHUYLVLRQ 5HOD\ &RQWDFW
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO &RQQHFWLRQ RI D 9'& 5HOHDVLQJ 'HYLFH WR D &0; 0RGXOH
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
5-21
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSOLFDWLRQV
2YHUYLHZ
7\SLFDO &RQQHFWLRQV
Releasing Applications
&RQQHFWLQJDQ1$5$$JHQW5HOHDVH$ERUW6WDWLRQ
When connecting an N-ARA-10, note the following:
1. For releasing applications, use an end-of-line device (PN REL-47K) with the CMX module. Use an end-of-line device (PN REL-4.7K) with the control panel releasing circuit (one of the four Notification Appliance Circuits).
2. All wiring for releasing circuits is supervised against open and shorts.
3. Connect the end-of-line device as shown Figure 5-22.
4. Program the module or NAC for type code "Rel Ckt ULC."
5. For NFPA 13 and 15 applications, disable the Soak Timer (Soak=0000); for NFPA 16 applications, set the Soak Timer (0600-0900 seconds). Refer to the AFP-300/ AFP-400 Programming Manual for instructions on setting the Soak Timer.
6. In applications not requiring power-limited circuits a) ELRs (PN REL-47K) are not required; however, the releasing device circuit is not supervised against shorts; b) Limited energy cable cannot be used for wiring of a releasing device circuit; c) Maintain a 0.25 inch spacing between the releasing circuit device wiring and any power-limited circuit wiring; and d) Program the releasing circuit for type code RELEASE CKT.
Figure 5-21 shows typical connections for wiring an N-ARA-10 Agent Release-Abort Station: 6/& WR &38
)LJXUH 7\SLFDO &RQQHFWLRQV IRU DQ 1$5$ $JHQW 5HOHDVH$ERUW 6WDWLRQ
5-22
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Releasing Applications
$SSOLFDWLRQV
2YHUYLHZ 7\SLFDO &RQQHFWLRQV
,QVWDOOLQJD&RPELQDWLRQ:DWHUIORZ6XSHUYLVRU\9DOYH0RQLWRU
A Combination Waterflow/Supervisory Valve Monitor circuit allows an FACP to distinguish between a Waterflow Alarm Switch and a Waterflow Supervisory Switch installed on the same Monitor Module. Figure 5-23 shows an NFPA Style B Initiating Device Circuit (IDC) that meets requirements for a Combination Waterflow/ Supervisory Valve Monitor circuit.
Figure 5-22 shows typical connections for wiring a combination waterflow/supervisory valve monitor:
&38
0RQLWRU 0RGXOH 00;
,Q /LQH 5HVLVWRU 0RGHO 1(/5
(/5.
$ODUP 6ZLWFK
:DWHUIORZ 6XSHUYLVRU\ 6ZLWFK
. (/5 VXSSOLHG ZLWK 00; 0RGXOH
)LJXUH 1)3$ 6W\OH % ,QLWLDWLQJ 'HYLFH &LUFXLW 6XSHUYLVHG DQG 3RZHUOLPLWHG
The following list includes requirements for the Combination Waterflow/Supervisory Valve Monitor circuit. (Refer to the AFP-300/AFP-400 Programming Manual for details on programming a Monitor Module.)
1. The Waterflow Alarm Switch must connect to the Monitor Module initiating input before the In Line Resistor.
2. The Waterflow Supervisory Switch must connect to the Monitor Module initiating circuit after the In Line Resistor.
3. The Combination Waterflow/Supervisory Valve Monitor circuit only functions as a Style B (class B) circuit.
4. While a Supervisory Signal is tracking, Waterflow Alarms latch until reset.
5. Program the Monitor Module for type code SPRINKLR SYS or COMB. MONITOR (Figure 5-23).
6. Program the Monitor Module for the desired Control-by-Event (CBE).
7. A Supervisory signal does not affect the outputs listed in the Monitor Module CBE (Figure 5-23).
8. Appendix B: Wire Requirements, lists the type of wire required for an IDC.
Figure 5-23 shows a sample program screen for a waterflow application:
00; 7\SH &RGH
352*50 635,1./5 6<6 02'8/( $''5(66
=2 = = = =
0
&%( IRU :DWHUIORZ $ODUP RXWSXWV QRW DIIHFWHG E\ 6XSHUYLVRU\ VLJQDO
)LJXUH 6DPSOH 3URJUDP 6FUHHQ IRU D :DWHUIORZ $SSOLFDWLRQ
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
5-23
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
1RWHV
5-24
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
$SSHQGL[$$QQXQFLDWRUV
2YHUYLHZ
Appendix A contains the following information:
· Tables necessary for configuring the annunciator display; and
· Typical annunciator wiring diagrams.
Note that Appendix A contains information specific to the AFP-300/AFP-400 only. For complete annunciator installation information, refer to the respective annunciator manual.
$QQXQFLDWRU,QWHUIDFHV
The control panel provides Terminal Mode (LCD-80) and ACS Mode Interfaces that provide high speed, two-way communication link to multiple annunciators. You can locate annunciators up to 6,000 feet from the control panel.
7HUPLQDO0RGH/&'
Use the Terminal Mode Interface for communicating with LCD-80 Annunciators operating in Terminal Mode (through TB3 on the CPU). In Terminal Mode, each LCD-80 display mirrors the AFP-300/AFP-400 front panel display. Each LCD-80 displays the complete status of the fire alarm system and lets you do Acknowledge, Silence, and System Reset control panel functions from a remote location.
$&60RGH
Use the ACS Mode Interface (through TB4 on the CPU) for communicating with the following LED/Lamp type annunciators: ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-16A, AFM-32A, AFM-16AT, LDM-32, LDM-E32, and LDM-R32. The ACS interface also communicates with the AMG-1 Audio Message Generator, the UZC-256 Universal Zone Coder, the NIB-96 Network Interface Board, the LCD-80 Annunciators operating in the ACS Mode and the ACM-8R Relay Annunciator Module.
The ACM-8R Relay Module provides relays for controlling equipment located at remote locations. The ACM-8R greatly increases the relay control capabilities of the control panel. You can assign the ACM-8R to any of the 576 panel annunciation points. Each ACM-8R module covers continuous groups of eight panel points.
The ACS Mode Interface can annunciate CPU, zone, detector, module, and circuit status. The 576 panel annunciation points are divided into nine groups of 64 points, as shown in Table A-2 through Table A-10. Each group can be assigned to one or more of the ten annunciator addresses supported by the control panel.
The control panel uses ACS annunciator addresses 1-19 without a UDACT and ACS annunciator addresses 110 with a UDACT. Each address can communicate with one receive/transmit device. Configure other devices on the same address as Receive Only. You can connect up to 32 devices to the ACS output, all addresses combined.
Use the ACS Mode Interface to Acknowledge, Silence, Drill, and Reset the control panel from a remote location. The ACS Mode Interface can also activate output circuits and control modules from remote locations.
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation50253 PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
A-1
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSHQGL[ $ $QQXQFLDWRUV
Annunciator Selection Groups
$QQXQFLDWRU6HOHFWLRQ*URXSV
2YHUYLHZ
The control panel's annunciation points are divided into nine ACS selection groups of 64 points. Table A-1 contains a list of the ACS Selection Groups, what an annunciator displays if a group is selected, and where to locate a list of the 64 points within the ACS Selection Groups.
ACS Selection Group 1 2
3 4
5
6 7
8
9
* or 0
Annunciator Display
Refer to...
CPU Status and Zones 1-56
Table A-2 on page A-3
Zones 57-99, NAC Ckts 1-4 and 16 Special Zones
Table A-3 on page A-4
Intelligent Modules 101 to 164
Table A-4 on page A-5
Intelligent Modules 201-264 (AFP-400 Table A-5 on page A-6 only)
Intelligent Modules 165-196 and 265-296 (AFP-400 only)
Table A-6 on page A-7
Detectors 101 to 164 on SLC loop 1 Table A-7 on page A-8
Detectors 201-264 on SLC loop 2 (AFP-400 only)
Table A-8 on page A-9
Detectors 165-196 and 265-296 (AFP-400 only)
Table A-9 on page A-10
NAC/Panel Output Circuit Modules (64 points)
Table A-10 on page A-11
Annunciator Not Installed At Address N/A
7DEOH $ $&6 6HOHFWLRQ *URXSV
Notes on ACS Mode for System and Point Annunciation:
When using an LCD-80 in ACS mode for system annunciation, you must assign ACS Selection Group 1 to the LCD-80's start address. (For instructions on assigning ACS Selection Groups, refer to the AFP-300/AFP-400 Programming Manual.) LCD-80s used in ACS mode for point annunciation can use other ACS Selection Groups for their start address. Note, however, that annunciators configured for point annunciation:
· Do not respond to any status change, including system alarm or system trouble, that is not within its ACS Selection Group.
· Do mask status changes for point number 1 of the start address selection.
· Do not respond to System Reset, Acknowledge, or Alarm Silence.
· Do not use the battery saving feature (100 mA battery load).
A-2
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Annunciator Selection Groups
$SSHQGL[ $ $QQXQFLDWRUV
$&6 3RLQW
1XPEHU
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
3RLQW 7\SH
Input Output Output Output Output Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input
$&6$QQXQFLDWRU6HOHFWLRQ*URXS
5HG /('
,QGLFDWHV
System Alarm Not Used Not Used Not Used NAC #1 Active Not Used Not Used Not Used Zone 1 Active Zone 2 Active Zone 3 Active Zone 4 Active Zone 5 Active Zone 6 Active Zone 7 Active Zone 8 Active Zone 9 Active Zone 10 Active Zone 11 Active Zone 12 Active Zone 13 Active Zone 14 Active Zone 15 Active Zone 16 Active Zone 17 Active Zone 18 Active Zone 19 Active Zone 20 Active Zone 21 Active Zone 22 Active Zone 23 Active Zone 24 Active Zone 25 Active Zone 26 Active Zone 27 Active Zone 28 Active Zone 29 Active Zone 30 Active Zone 31 Active Zone 32 Active Zone 33 Active Zone 34 Active Zone 35 Active Zone 36 Active Zone 37 Active Zone 38 Active Zone 39 Active Zone 40 Active Zone 41 Active Zone 42 Active Zone 43 Active Zone 44 Active Zone 45 Active Zone 46 Active Zone 47 Active Zone 48 Active Zone 49 Active Zone 50 Active Zone 51 Active Zone 52 Active Zone 53 Active Zone 54 Active Zone 55 Active Zone 56 Active
<HOORZ /('
,QGLFDWHV
System Trouble Signal Silenced Program Mode Supervisory NAC Trouble PA/Maint Alert Low Battery AC Fail Zone 1 Trouble Zone 2 Trouble Zone 3 Trouble Zone 4 Trouble Zone 5 Trouble Zone 6 Trouble Zone 7 Trouble Zone 8 Trouble Zone 9 Trouble Zone 10 Trouble Zone 11 Trouble Zone 12 Trouble Zone 13 Trouble Zone 14 Trouble Zone 15 Trouble Zone 16 Trouble Zone 17 Trouble Zone 18 Trouble Zone 19 Trouble Zone 20 Trouble Zone 21 Trouble Zone 22 Trouble Zone 23 Trouble Zone 24 Trouble Zone 25 Trouble Zone 26 Trouble Zone 27 Trouble Zone 28 Trouble Zone 29 Trouble Zone 30 Trouble Zone 31 Trouble Zone 32 Trouble Zone 33 Trouble Zone 34 Trouble Zone 35 Trouble Zone 36 Trouble Zone 37 Trouble Zone 38 Trouble Zone 39 Trouble Zone 40 Trouble Zone 41 Trouble Zone 42 Trouble Zone 43 Trouble Zone 44 Trouble Zone 45 Trouble Zone 46 Trouble Zone 47 Trouble Zone 48 Trouble Zone 49 Trouble Zone 50 Trouble Zone 51 Trouble Zone 52 Trouble Zone 53 Trouble Zone 54 Trouble Zone 55 Trouble Zone 56 Trouble
6ZLWFK )XQFWLRQ &RPPHQWV
Acknowledge Signal Silence System Reset Drill Control NAC #1 Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used
7DEOH $ $&6 $QQXQFLDWRU 6HOHFWLRQ *URXS
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
A-3
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSHQGL[ $ $QQXQFLDWRUV
$&6 3RLQW
1XPEHU
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
3RLQW 7\SH
Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Release Ckt # 0 Release Ckt # 1 Release Ckt # 2 Release Ckt # 3 Release Ckt # 4 Release Ckt # 5 Release Ckt # 6 Release Ckt # 7 NAC Output NAC Output NAC Output NAC Output
Annunciator Selection Groups
$&6$QQXQFLDWRU6HOHFWLRQ*URXS
5HG /('
,QGLFDWHV
Zone 57 Active Zone 58 Active Zone 59 Active Zone 60 Active Zone 61 Active Zone 62 Active Zone 63 Active Zone 64 Active Zone 65 Active Zone 66 Active Zone 67 Active Zone 68 Active Zone 69 Active Zone 70 Active Zone 71 Active Zone 72 Active Zone 73 Active Zone 74 Active Zone 75 Active Zone 76 Active Zone 77 Active Zone 78 Active Zone 79 Active Zone 80 Active Zone 81 Active Zone 82 Active Zone 83 Active Zone 84 Active Zone 85 Active Zone 86 Active Zone 87 Active Zone 88 Active Zone 89 Active Zone 90 Active Zone 91 Active Zone 92 Active Zone 93 Active Zone 94 Active Zone 95 Active Zone 96 Active Zone 97 Active Zone 98 Active Zone 99 Active Zone F1 Active Zone F2 Active Zone F3 Active Zone F4 Active Zone F5 Active Zone F6 Active Zone F7 Active Zone F8 Active Zone F9 Active Zone R0 Active Zone R1 Active Zone R2 Active Zone R3 Active Zone R4 Active Zone R5 Active Zone R6 Active Zone R7 Active NAC B01 Active NAC B02 Active NAC B03 Active NAC B04 Active
<HOORZ /('
,QGLFDWHV
Zone 57 Trouble Zone 58 Trouble Zone 59 Trouble Zone 60 Trouble Zone 61 Trouble Zone 62 Trouble Zone 63 Trouble Zone 64 Trouble Zone 65 Trouble Zone 66 Trouble Zone 67 Trouble Zone 68 Trouble Zone 69 Trouble Zone 70 Trouble Zone 71 Trouble Zone 72 Trouble Zone 73 Trouble Zone 74 Trouble Zone 75 Trouble Zone 76 Trouble Zone 77 Trouble Zone 78 Trouble Zone 79 Trouble Zone 80 Trouble Zone 81 Trouble Zone 82 Trouble Zone 83 Trouble Zone 84 Trouble Zone 85 Trouble Zone 86 Trouble Zone 87 Trouble Zone 88 Trouble Zone 89 Trouble Zone 90 Trouble Zone 91 Trouble Zone 92 Trouble Zone 93 Trouble Zone 94 Trouble Zone 95 Trouble Zone 96 Trouble Zone 97 Trouble Zone 98 Trouble Zone 99 Trouble Zone F1 Trouble Zone F2 Trouble Zone F3 Trouble Zone F4 Trouble Zone F5 Trouble Zone F6 Trouble Zone F7 Trouble Zone F8 Trouble Zone F9 Trouble Zone R1 Trouble Zone R2 Trouble Zone R3 Trouble Zone R4 Trouble Zone R5 Trouble Zone R6 Trouble Zone R7 Trouble Zone R8 Trouble NAC B01 Trouble NAC B02 Trouble NAC B03 Trouble NAC B04 Trouble
6ZLWFK )XQFWLRQ &RPPHQWV
Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Controls NAC B01 Controls NAC B02 Controls NAC B03 Controls NAC B04
7DEOH $ $&6 $QQXQFLDWRU 6HOHFWLRQ *URXS
A-4
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Annunciator Selection Groups
$SSHQGL[ $ $QQXQFLDWRUV
$&6 3RLQW
1XPEHU
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
3RLQW
7\SH
Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output
$&6$QQXQFLDWRU6HOHFWLRQ*URXS
5HG /('
,QGLFDWHV
Module 101 Active Module 102 Active Module 103 Active Module 104 Active Module 105 Active Module 106 Active Module 107 Active Module 108 Active Module 109 Active Module 110 Active Module 111 Active Module 112 Active Module 113 Active Module 114 Active Module 115 Active Module 116 Active Module 117 Active Module 118 Active Module 119 Active Module 120 Active Module 121 Active Module 122 Active Module 123 Active Module 124 Active Module 125 Active Module 126 Active Module 127 Active Module 128 Active Module 129 Active Module 130 Active Module 131 Active Module 132 Active Module 133 Active Module 134 Active Module 135 Active Module 136 Active Module 137 Active Module 138 Active Module 139 Active Module 140 Active Module 141 Active Module 142 Active Module 143 Active Module 144 Active Module 145 Active Module 146 Active Module 147 Active Module 148 Active Module 149 Active Module 150 Active Module 151 Active Module 152 Active Module 153 Active Module 154 Active Module 155 Active Module 156 Active Module 157 Active Module 158 Active Module 159 Active Module 160 Active Module 161 Active Module 162 Active Module 163 Active Module 164 Active
<HOORZ /('
,QGLFDWHV
Module 101 Trouble Module 102 Trouble Module 103 Trouble Module 104 Trouble Module 105 Trouble Module 106 Trouble Module 107 Trouble Module 108 Trouble Module 109 Trouble Module 110 Trouble Module 111 Trouble Module 112 Trouble Module 113 Trouble Module 114 Trouble Module 115 Trouble Module 116 Trouble Module 117 Trouble Module 118 Trouble Module 119 Trouble Module 120 Trouble Module 121 Trouble Module 122 Trouble Module 123 Trouble Module 124 Trouble Module 125 Trouble Module 126 Trouble Module 127 Trouble Module 128 Trouble Module 129 Trouble Module 130 Trouble Module 131 Trouble Module 132 Trouble Module 133 Trouble Module 134 Trouble Module 135 Trouble Module 136 Trouble Module 137 Trouble Module 138 Trouble Module 139 Trouble Module 140 Trouble Module 141 Trouble Module 142 Trouble Module 143 Trouble Module 144 Trouble Module 145 Trouble Module 146 Trouble Module 147 Trouble Module 148 Trouble Module 149 Trouble Module 150 Trouble Module 151 Trouble Module 152 Trouble Module 153 Trouble Module 154 Trouble Module 155 Trouble Module 156 Trouble Module 157 Trouble Module 158 Trouble Module 159 Trouble Module 160 Trouble Module 161 Trouble Module 162 Trouble Module 163 Trouble Module 164 Trouble
6ZLWFK
)XQFWLRQ
Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module
&RPPHQWV
7DEOH $ $&6 $QQXQFLDWRU 6HOHFWLRQ *URXS
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
A-5
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSHQGL[ $ $QQXQFLDWRUV
Annunciator Selection Groups
$&6 3RLQW
1XPEHU
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
$&6$QQXQFLDWRU6HOHFWLRQ*URXS$)3RQO\
3RLQW
7\SH
Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output
5HG /('
,QGLFDWHV
Module 201 Active Module 202 Active Module 203 Active Module 204 Active Module 205 Active Module 206 Active Module 207 Active Module 208 Active Module 209 Active Module 210 Active Module 211 Active Module 212 Active Module 213 Active Module 214 Active Module 215 Active Module 216 Active Module 217 Active Module 218 Active Module 219 Active Module 220 Active Module 221 Active Module 222 Active Module 223 Active Module 224 Active Module 225 Active Module 226 Active Module 227 Active Module 228 Active Module 229 Active Module 230 Active Module 231 Active Module 232 Active Module 233 Active Module 234 Active Module 235 Active Module 236 Active Module 237 Active Module 238 Active Module 239 Active Module 240 Active Module 241 Active Module 242 Active Module 243 Active Module 244 Active Module 245 Active Module 246 Active Module 247 Active Module 248 Active Module 249 Active Module 250 Active Module 251 Active Module 252 Active Module 253 Active Module 254 Active Module 255 Active Module 256 Active Module 257 Active Module 258 Active Module 259 Active Module 260 Active Module 261 Active Module 262 Active Module 263 Active Module 264 Active
<HOORZ /('
,QGLFDWHV
Module 201 Trouble Module 202 Trouble Module 203 Trouble Module 204 Trouble Module 205 Trouble Module 206 Trouble Module 207 Trouble Module 208 Trouble Module 209 Trouble Module 210 Trouble Module 211 Trouble Module 212 Trouble Module 213 Trouble Module 214 Trouble Module 215 Trouble Module 216 Trouble Module 217 Trouble Module 218 Trouble Module 219 Trouble Module 220 Trouble Module 221 Trouble Module 222 Trouble Module 223 Trouble Module 224 Trouble Module 225 Trouble Module 226 Trouble Module 227 Trouble Module 228 Trouble Module 229 Trouble Module 230 Trouble Module 231 Trouble Module 232 Trouble Module 233 Trouble Module 234 Trouble Module 235 Trouble Module 236 Trouble Module 237 Trouble Module 238 Trouble Module 239 Trouble Module 240 Trouble Module 241 Trouble Module 242 Trouble Module 243 Trouble Module 244 Trouble Module 245 Trouble Module 246 Trouble Module 247 Trouble Module 248 Trouble Module 249 Trouble Module 250 Trouble Module 251 Trouble Module 252 Trouble Module 253 Trouble Module 254 Trouble Module 255 Trouble Module 256 Trouble Module 257 Trouble Module 258 Trouble Module 259 Trouble Module 260 Trouble Module 261 Trouble Module 262 Trouble Module 263 Trouble Module 264 Trouble
6ZLWFK
)XQFWLRQ
Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module
&RPPHQWV
AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only
7DEOH $ $&6 $QQXQFLDWRU 6HOHFWLRQ *URXS
A-6
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Annunciator Selection Groups
$SSHQGL[ $ $QQXQFLDWRUV
$&6 3RLQW
1XPEHU
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
3RLQW
7\SH
Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output Input or Output
$&6$QQXQFLDWRU6HOHFWLRQ*URXS
5HG /('
,QGLFDWHV
Module 165 Active Module 166 Active Module 167 Active Module 168 Active Module 169 Active Module 170 Active Module 171 Active Module 172 Active Module 173 Active Module 174 Active Module 175 Active Module 176 Active Module 177 Active Module 178 Active Module 179 Active Module 180 Active Module 181 Active Module 182 Active Module 183 Active Module 184 Active Module 185 Active Module 186 Active Module 187 Active Module 188 Active Module 189 Active Module 190 Active Module 191 Active Module 192 Active Module 193 Active Module 194 Active Module 195 Active Module 196 Active Module 265 Active Module 266 Active Module 267 Active Module 268 Active Module 269 Active Module 270 Active Module 271 Active Module 272 Active Module 273 Active Module 274 Active Module 275 Active Module 276 Active Module 277 Active Module 278 Active Module 279 Active Module 280 Active Module 281 Active Module 282 Active Module 283 Active Module 284 Active Module 285 Active Module 286 Active Module 187 Active Module 288 Active Module 289 Active Module 290 Active Module 291 Active Module 292 Active Module 293 Active Module 294 Active Module 295 Active Module 296 Active
<HOORZ /('
,QGLFDWHV
Module 165 Trouble Module 166 Trouble Module 167 Trouble Module 168 Trouble Module 169 Trouble Module 170 Trouble Module 171 Trouble Module 172 Trouble Module 173 Trouble Module 174 Trouble Module 175 Trouble Module 176 Trouble Module 177 Trouble Module 178 Trouble Module 179 Trouble Module 180 Trouble Module 181 Trouble Module 182 Trouble Module 183 Trouble Module 184 Trouble Module 185 Trouble Module 186 Trouble Module 187 Trouble Module 188 Trouble Module 189 Trouble Module 190 Trouble Module 191 Trouble Module 192 Trouble Module 193 Trouble Module 194 Trouble Module 195 Trouble Module 196 Trouble Module 265 Trouble Module 266 Trouble Module 267 Trouble Module 268 Trouble Module 269 Trouble Module 270 Trouble Module 271 Trouble Module 272 Trouble Module 273 Trouble Module 274 Trouble Module 275 Trouble Module 276 Trouble Module 277 Trouble Module 278 Trouble Module 279 Trouble Module 280 Trouble Module 281 Trouble Module 282 Trouble Module 283 Trouble Module 284 Trouble Module 285 Trouble Module 286 Trouble Module 287 Trouble Module 288 Trouble Module 289 Trouble Module 290 Trouble Module 291 Trouble Module 292 Trouble Module 293 Trouble Module 294 Trouble Module 295 Trouble Module 296 Trouble
6ZLWFK
)XQFWLRQ
Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module Controls Output Module
&RPPHQWV
AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only
7DEOH $ $&6 $QQXQFLDWRU 6HOHFWLRQ *URXS
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
A-7
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSHQGL[ $ $QQXQFLDWRUV
$&6 3RLQW
1XPEHU
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
3RLQW
7\SH
Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input
Annunciator Selection Groups
$&6$QQXQFLDWRU6HOHFWLRQ*URXS
5HG /('
,QGLFDWHV
Detector 101 Alarm Detector 102 Alarm Detector 103 Alarm Detector 104 Alarm Detector 105 Alarm Detector 106 Alarm Detector 107 Alarm Detector 108 Alarm Detector 109 Alarm Detector 110 Alarm Detector 111 Alarm Detector 112 Alarm Detector 113 Alarm Detector 114 Alarm Detector 115 Alarm Detector 116 Alarm Detector 117 Alarm Detector 118 Alarm Detector 119 Alarm Detector 120 Alarm Detector 121 Alarm Detector 122 Alarm Detector 123 Alarm Detector 124 Alarm Detector 125 Alarm Detector 126 Alarm Detector 127 Alarm Detector 128 Alarm Detector 129 Alarm Detector 130 Alarm Detector 131 Alarm Detector 132 Alarm Detector 133 Alarm Detector 134 Alarm Detector 135 Alarm Detector 136 Alarm Detector 137 Alarm Detector 138 Alarm Detector 139 Alarm Detector 140 Alarm Detector 141 Alarm Detector 142 Alarm Detector 143 Alarm Detector 144 Alarm Detector 145 Alarm Detector 146 Alarm Detector 147 Alarm Detector 148 Alarm Detector 149 Alarm Detector 150 Alarm Detector 151 Alarm Detector 152 Alarm Detector 153 Alarm Detector 154 Alarm Detector 155 Alarm Detector 156 Alarm Detector 157 Alarm Detector 158 Alarm Detector 159 Alarm Detector 160 Alarm Detector 161 Alarm Detector 162 Alarm Detector 163 Alarm Detector 164 Alarm
<HOORZ /('
,QGLFDWHV
Detector 101 Trouble Detector 102 Trouble Detector 103 Trouble Detector 104 Trouble Detector 105 Trouble Detector 106 Trouble Detector 107 Trouble Detector 108 Trouble Detector 109 Trouble Detector 110 Trouble Detector 111 Trouble Detector 112 Trouble Detector 113 Trouble Detector 114 Trouble Detector 115 Trouble Detector 116 Trouble Detector 117 Trouble Detector 118 Trouble Detector 119 Trouble Detector 120 Trouble Detector 121 Trouble Detector 122 Trouble Detector 123 Trouble Detector 124 Trouble Detector 125 Trouble Detector 126 Trouble Detector 127 Trouble Detector 128 Trouble Detector 129 Trouble Detector 130 Trouble Detector 131 Trouble Detector 132 Trouble Detector 133 Trouble Detector 134 Trouble Detector 135 Trouble Detector 136 Trouble Detector 137 Trouble Detector 138 Trouble Detector 139 Trouble Detector 140 Trouble Detector 141 Trouble Detector 142 Trouble Detector 143 Trouble Detector 144 Trouble Detector 145 Trouble Detector 146 Trouble Detector 147 Trouble Detector 148 Trouble Detector 149 Trouble Detector 150 Trouble Detector 151 Trouble Detector 152 Trouble Detector 153 Trouble Detector 154 Trouble Detector 155 Trouble Detector 156 Trouble Detector 157 Trouble Detector 158 Trouble Detector 159 Trouble Detector 160 Trouble Detector 161 Trouble Detector 162 Trouble Detector 163 Trouble Detector 164 Trouble
6ZLWFK
)XQFWLRQ
Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used
&RPPHQWV
7DEOH $ $&6 $QQXQFLDWRU 6HOHFWLRQ *URXS
A-8
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Annunciator Selection Groups
$SSHQGL[ $ $QQXQFLDWRUV
$&6 3RLQW
1XPEHU
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
$&6$QQXQFLDWRU6HOHFWLRQ*URXS$)3RQO\
3RLQW
7\SH
Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input
5HG /('
,QGLFDWHV
Detector 201 Alarm Detector 202 Alarm Detector 203 Alarm Detector 204 Alarm Detector 205 Alarm Detector 206 Alarm Detector 207 Alarm Detector 208 Alarm Detector 209 Alarm Detector 210 Alarm Detector 211 Alarm Detector 212 Alarm Detector 213 Alarm Detector 214 Alarm Detector 215 Alarm Detector 216 Alarm Detector 217 Alarm Detector 218 Alarm Detector 219 Alarm Detector 220 Alarm Detector 221 Alarm Detector 222 Alarm Detector 223 Alarm Detector 224 Alarm Detector 225 Alarm Detector 226 Alarm Detector 227 Alarm Detector 228 Alarm Detector 229 Alarm Detector 230 Alarm Detector 231 Alarm Detector 232 Alarm Detector 233 Alarm Detector 234 Alarm Detector 235 Alarm Detector 236 Alarm Detector 237 Alarm Detector 238 Alarm Detector 239 Alarm Detector 240 Alarm Detector 241 Alarm Detector 242 Alarm Detector 243 Alarm Detector 244 Alarm Detector 245 Alarm Detector 246 Alarm Detector 247 Alarm Detector 248 Alarm Detector 249 Alarm Detector 250 Alarm Detector 251 Alarm Detector 252 Alarm Detector 253 Alarm Detector 254 Alarm Detector 255 Alarm Detector 256 Alarm Detector 257 Alarm Detector 258 Alarm Detector 259 Alarm Detector 260 Alarm Detector 261 Alarm Detector 262 Alarm Detector 263 Alarm Detector 264 Alarm
<HOORZ /('
,QGLFDWHV
Detector 201 Trouble Detector 202 Trouble Detector 203 Trouble Detector 204 Trouble Detector 205 Trouble Detector 206 Trouble Detector 207 Trouble Detector 208 Trouble Detector 209 Trouble Detector 210 Trouble Detector 211 Trouble Detector 212 Trouble Detector 213 Trouble Detector 214 Trouble Detector 215 Trouble Detector 216 Trouble Detector 217 Trouble Detector 218 Trouble Detector 219 Trouble Detector 220 Trouble Detector 221 Trouble Detector 222 Trouble Detector 223 Trouble Detector 224 Trouble Detector 225 Trouble Detector 226 Trouble Detector 227 Trouble Detector 228 Trouble Detector 229 Trouble Detector 230 Trouble Detector 231 Trouble Detector 232 Trouble Detector 233 Trouble Detector 234 Trouble Detector 235 Trouble Detector 236 Trouble Detector 237 Trouble Detector 238 Trouble Detector 239 Trouble Detector 240 Trouble Detector 241 Trouble Detector 242 Trouble Detector 243 Trouble Detector 244 Trouble Detector 245 Trouble Detector 246 Trouble Detector 247 Trouble Detector 248 Trouble Detector 249 Trouble Detector 250 Trouble Detector 251 Trouble Detector 252 Trouble Detector 253 Trouble Detector 254 Trouble Detector 255 Trouble Detector 256 Trouble Detector 257 Trouble Detector 258 Trouble Detector 259 Trouble Detector 260 Trouble Detector 261 Trouble Detector 262 Trouble Detector 263 Trouble Detector 264 Trouble
6ZLWFK
)XQFWLRQ
Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used
&RPPHQWV
7DEOH $ $&6 $QQXQFLDWRU 6HOHFWLRQ *URXS
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
A-9
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSHQGL[ $ $QQXQFLDWRUV
$&6 3RLQW
1XPEHU
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
3RLQW
7\SH
Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input
Annunciator Selection Groups
$&6$QQXQFLDWRU6HOHFWLRQ*URXS
5HG /('
,QGLFDWHV
Detector 165 Alarm Detector 166 Alarm Detector 167 Alarm Detector 168 Alarm Detector 169 Alarm Detector 170 Alarm Detector 171 Alarm Detector 172 Alarm Detector 173 Alarm Detector 174 Alarm Detector 175 Alarm Detector 176 Alarm Detector 177 Alarm Detector 178 Alarm Detector 179 Alarm Detector 180 Alarm Detector 181 Alarm Detector 182 Alarm Detector 183 Alarm Detector 184 Alarm Detector 185 Alarm Detector 186 Alarm Detector 187 Alarm Detector 188 Alarm Detector 189 Alarm Detector 190 Alarm Detector 191 Alarm Detector 192 Alarm Detector 193 Alarm Detector 194 Alarm Detector 195 Alarm Detector 196 Alarm Detector 265 Alarm Detector 266 Alarm Detector 267 Alarm Detector 268 Alarm Detector 269 Alarm Detector 270 Alarm Detector 271 Alarm Detector 272 Alarm Detector 273 Alarm Detector 274 Alarm Detector 275 Alarm Detector 276 Alarm Detector 277 Alarm Detector 278 Alarm Detector 279 Alarm Detector 280 Alarm Detector 281 Alarm Detector 282 Alarm Detector 283 Alarm Detector 284 Alarm Detector 285 Alarm Detector 286 Alarm Detector 187 Alarm Detector 288 Alarm Detector 289 Alarm Detector 290 Alarm Detector 291 Alarm Detector 292 Alarm Detector 293 Alarm Detector 294 Alarm Detector 295 Alarm Detector 296 Alarm
<HOORZ /('
,QGLFDWHV
Detector 165 Trouble Detector 166 Trouble Detector 167 Trouble Detector 168 Trouble Detector 169 Trouble Detector 170 Trouble Detector 171 Trouble Detector 172 Trouble Detector 173 Trouble Detector 174 Trouble Detector 175 Trouble Detector 176 Trouble Detector 177 Trouble Detector 178 Trouble Detector 179 Trouble Detector 180 Trouble Detector 181 Trouble Detector 182 Trouble Detector 183 Trouble Detector 184 Trouble Detector 185 Trouble Detector 186 Trouble Detector 187 Trouble Detector 188 Trouble Detector 189 Trouble Detector 190 Trouble Detector 191 Trouble Detector 192 Trouble Detector 193 Trouble Detector 194 Trouble Detector 195 Trouble Detector 196 Trouble Detector 265 Trouble Detector 266 Trouble Detector 267 Trouble Detector 268 Trouble Detector 269 Trouble Detector 270 Trouble Detector 271 Trouble Detector 272 Trouble Detector 273 Trouble Detector 274 Trouble Detector 275 Trouble Detector 276 Trouble Detector 277 Trouble Detector 278 Trouble Detector 279 Trouble Detector 280 Trouble Detector 281 Trouble Detector 282 Trouble Detector 283 Trouble Detector 284 Trouble Detector 285 Trouble Detector 286 Trouble Detector 287 Trouble Detector 288 Trouble Detector 289 Trouble Detector 290 Trouble Detector 291 Trouble Detector 292 Trouble Detector 293 Trouble Detector 294 Trouble Detector 295 Trouble Detector 296 Trouble
6ZLWFK
)XQFWLRQ
Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used
&RPPHQWV
AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only AFP-400 only
7DEOH $ $&6 $QQXQFLDWRU 6HOHFWLRQ *URXS
A-10
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Annunciator Selection Groups
$SSHQGL[ $ $QQXQFLDWRUV
$&6 3RLQW
1XPEHU
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
3RLQW
7\SH
Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output
$&6$QQXQFLDWRU6HOHFWLRQ*URXS
5HG /('
,QGLFDWHV
Module P1.1 Active Module P1.2 Active Module P1.3 Active Module P1.4 Active Module P1.5 Active Module P1.6 Active Module P1.7 Active Module P1.8 Active Module P2.1 Active Module P2.2 Active Module P2.3 Active Module P2.4 Active Module P2.5 Active Module P2.6 Active Module P2.7 Active Module P2.8 Active Module P3.1 Active Module P3.2 Active Module P3.3 Active Module P3.4 Active Module P3.5 Active Module P3.6 Active Module P3.7 Active Module P3.8 Active Module P4.1 Active Module P4.2 Active Module P4.3 Active Module P4.4 Active Module P4.5 Active Module P4.6 Active Module P4.7 Active Module P4.8 Active Module P5.1 Active Module P5.2 Active Module P5.3 Active Module P5.4 Active Module P5.5 Active Module P5.6 Active Module P5.7 Active Module P5.8 Active Module P6.1 Active Module P6.2 Active Module P6.3 Active Module P6.4 Active Module P6.5 Active Module P6.6 Active Module P6.7 Active Module P6.8 Active Module P7.1 Active Module P7.2 Active Module P7.3 Active Module P7.4 Active Module P7.5 Active Module P7.6 Active Module P7.7 Active Module P7.8 Active Module P8.1 Active Module P8.2 Active Module P8.3 Active Module P8.4 Active Module P8.5 Active Module P8.6 Active Module P8.7 Active Module P8.8 Active
<HOORZ /('
6ZLWFK
,QGLFDWHV
Module P1.1 Trouble Module P1.2 Trouble Module P1.3 Trouble Module P1.4 Trouble Module P1.5 Trouble Module P1.6 Trouble Module P1.7 Trouble Module P1.8 Trouble Module P2.1 Trouble Module P2.2 Trouble Module P2.3 Trouble Module P2.4 Trouble Module P2.5 Trouble Module P2.6 Trouble Module P2.7 Trouble Module P2.8 Trouble Module P3.1 Trouble Module P3.2 Trouble Module P3.3 Trouble Module P3.4 Trouble Module P3.5 Trouble Module P3.6 Trouble Module P3.7 Trouble Module P3.8 Trouble Module P4.1 Trouble Module P4.2 Trouble Module P4.3 Trouble Module P4.4 Trouble Module P4.5 Trouble Module P4.6 Trouble Module P4.7 Trouble Module P4.8 Trouble Module P5.1 Trouble Module P5.2 Trouble Module P5.3 Trouble Module P5.4 Trouble Module P5.5 Trouble Module P5.6 Trouble Module P5.7 Trouble Module P5.8 Trouble Module P6.1 Trouble Module P6.2 Trouble Module P6.3 Trouble Module P6.4 Trouble Module P6.5 Trouble Module P6.6 Trouble Module P6.7 Trouble Module P6.8 Trouble Module P7.1 Trouble Module P7.2 Trouble Module P7.3 Trouble Module P7.4 Trouble Module P7.5 Trouble Module P7.6 Trouble Module P7.7 Trouble Module P7.8 Trouble Module P8.1 Trouble Module P8.2 Trouble Module P8.3 Trouble Module P8.4 Trouble Module P8.5 Trouble Module P8.6 Trouble Module P8.7 Trouble Module P8.8 Trouble
)XQFWLRQ
Controls Module P1.1 Controls Module P1.2 Controls Module P1.3 Controls Module P1.4 Controls Module P1.5 Controls Module P1.6 Controls Module P1.7 Controls Module P1.8 Controls Module P2.1 Controls Module P2.2 Controls Module P2.3 Controls Module P2.4 Controls Module P2.5 Controls Module P2.6 Controls Module P2.7 Controls Module P2.8 Controls Module P3.1 Controls Module P3.2 Controls Module P3.3 Controls Module P3.4 Controls Module P3.5 Controls Module P3.6 Controls Module P3.7 Controls Module P3.8 Controls Module P4.1 Controls Module P4.2 Controls Module P4.3 Controls Module P4.4 Controls Module P4.5 Controls Module P4.6 Controls Module P4.7 Controls Module P4.8 Controls Module P5.1 Controls Module P5.2 Controls Module P5.3 Controls Module P5.4 Controls Module P5.5 Controls Module P5.6 Controls Module P5.7 Controls Module P5.8 Controls Module P6.1 Controls Module P6.2 Controls Module P6.3 Controls Module P6.4 Controls Module P6.5 Controls Module P6.6 Controls Module P6.7 Controls Module P6.8 Controls Module P7.1 Controls Module P7.2 Controls Module P7.3 Controls Module P7.4 Controls Module P7.5 Controls Module P7.6 Controls Module P7.7 Controls Module P7.8 Controls Module P8.1 Controls Module P8.2 Controls Module P8.3 Controls Module P8.4 Controls Module P8.5 Controls Module P8.6 Controls Module P8.7 Controls Module P8.8
&RPPHQWV
7DEOH $ $&6 $QQXQFLDWRU 6HOHFWLRQ *URXS
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
A-11
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSHQGL[ $ $QQXQFLDWRUV
Connecting Annunciators
&RQQHFWLQJ$QQXQFLDWRUV
2YHUYLHZ
This section contains guidelines, installation instructions, and wiring diagrams for connecting annunciator devices to the control panel. Table A-11 lists each device covered in this section:
Topic
LCD-80 Terminal Mode EIA-485 connections LCD-80 ACS Mode EIA-485 Connection (CPU, TB4)
Powering ACS-, ACM-, and LDM-type Annunciators ACS and LDM Series EIA-485 Connection
Covers
Refer to page...
Connecting an LCD-80 in terminal mode, to the CPU.
A-13
Connecting an LCD-80 in Terminal Mode, the LCD-80 connects to TB4 on the CPU using a looped EIA-485 circuit.
A-14
Connecting an LCD-80 operated in ACS mode to TB3 on the CPU.
A-15
Connecting an ACS series annunciator, including the LDM-80), to TB4 on the CPU using an EIA-485 circuit.
A-16
7DEOH $ $QQXQFLDWRU 7RSLFV
A-12
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Connecting Annunciators
$SSHQGL[ $ $QQXQFLDWRUV
&RQQHFWLRQ *XLGHOLQHV
1RWH 5HIHU WR WKH /&' 0DQXDO IRU DGGLWLRQDO LQIRUPDWLRQ
&RQQHFWLQJ /&'V LQ 7HUPLQDO 0RGH
/&'7HUPLQDO0RGH(,$&RQQHFWLRQ&387%
An LCD-80 operating in Terminal mode connects to TB3 on the CPU using a looped power-limited and supervised EIA-485 circuit as shown in Figure A-1.
· Maximum distance between the control panel and the first or last LCD-80 and between each LCD-80: 6,000 feet (using 16 AWG wire).
· Use overall foil/braided-shield twisted-pair cable suitable for EIA-485 applications.
· An EIA-485 circuit is rated at 5.5 VDC max., 60 mA max.
· For non-English language systems, LCD-80 standby current equals the alarm current (100 mA).
· Each LCD-80 must connect to regulated 24 VDC power. Power an LCD-80 from the MPS-400 power supply or a separate UL-listed power supply (For power connections, see Figure A-3 on page A-15.)
Set LCD-80 DIP switches as follows:
1. Install R-120 resistors across the IN and OUT terminals of each LCD-80.
2. Set SW4 and SW5 on the LCD-80 to the TERM position (SW1-7 ON).
3. Set DIP Switch SW3-1 and SW3-2 to OFF on all LCD-80s except the last LCD-80.
4. Set SW3-1 and SW3-2 to ON on the last LCD-80.
² (,$ ,Q ² (,$ 2XW (,$ ,Q (,$ 2XW
3
6KLHOGHG 7ZLVWHGSDLUV
(,$ 2XW
)LUVW /&'
² (,$ ,Q ² (,$ 2XW (,$ ,Q (,$ 2XW
3
/DVW /&'
(,$ 5HWXUQ
5 UHVLVWRU LQVWDOOHG DFURVV WKH ,1 DQG 287 WHUPLQDOV RQ HDFK /&'
&38 7%
²² ,Q 2XW
(,$ 2XWSXW
)LJXUH $ 7HUPLQDO 0RGH (,$ &RQQHFWLRQ
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
A-13
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSHQGL[ $ $QQXQFLDWRUV
Connecting Annunciators
&RQQHFWLRQ *XLGHOLQHV
&RQQHFWLQJ /&'V LQ $&6 0RGH
1RWH 3RZHU FRQQHFWLRQV DUH VXSHUYLVHG DQG SRZHUOLPLWHG
/&'$&60RGH(,$&RQQHFWLRQ&387%
When operating an LCD-80 in ACS Mode, the LCD-80 connects to TB4 on the CPU using a looped EIA-485 circuit as shown in Figure A-2. · EIA-485 circuits are power-limited and supervised. · LCD-80s require connection of operating power. · Maximum distance between the control panel and the first or last LCD-80 and
between each LCD-80: 6,000 feet (using 16 AWG wire). · If powering LCD-80s by a separate, UL-listed power supply, you can connect up to
32 devices. · Use twisted-pair cable with a characteristic impedance of approximately 120 ohms. · The EIA-485 circuit is rated 5.5 VDC max., 60 mA max. · Refer to the LCD-80 Manual for additional information. 1. Connect EIA-485 power to CPU terminals TB4-1 (+) and TB4-2 (). 2. Set the LCD-80 start address to address 01. 3. Set SW2 to 1; set SW3-1 and SW3-2 to OFF. 4. Set the LCD-80 to a size of 128 points. 5. Set the character display: To use a 40-character display, set SW5 OFF and SW6
ON; to use a 20-character display, set SW5 ON and SW6 OFF. 6. Install a 120 ohm terminating resistor on the last LCD-80.
² (,$ ,Q ² (,$ 2XW (,$ ,Q (,$ 2XW
3
/DVW /&'
7HUPLQDWLQJ UHVLVWRU RQ ODVW /&'
A-14
www.PDF-Zoo.com
² (,$ ,Q ² (,$ 2XW (,$ ,Q (,$ 2XW
3
)LUVW /&'
(,$ 5HWXUQ
&38
)LJXUH $ /&' $&6 0RGH (,$ &RQQHFWLRQ
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Connecting Annunciators
$SSHQGL[ $ $QQXQFLDWRUV
2YHUYLHZ
3RZHU &RQQHFWLRQV IRU /&' DQG $&6 $QQXQFLDWRUV
3RZHULQJ$&6$&0DQG/&'W\SH$QQXQFLDWRUV
An LCD-80 operated in ACS mode connects to TB4 on the CPU using a power-limited EIA-485 circuit. Figure A-3 shows power connections for LCD-, ACM-, and ACStype annunciators; and Figure A-4 shows power connections for LCD-80s. The following guidelines apply to Figure A-3 and Figure A-4: · The power run to the LCD-80 or ACS Annunciator does not require a Power
Supervision Relay. Loss of power is inherently supervised through a Communication Loss. · The maximum LCD-80 current draw from the power supply is 500 mA. · Power must be supplied from a regulated 24 VDC power supply.
7KH $&05 GRHV QRW FRQWDLQ WHUPLQDOV DQG
036 7% 7% ²
1& 7URXEOH ,QSXWV &RPPRQ LQ ² &RPPRQ RXW ² 3RZHU ,Q 9'& 3RZHU 2XW 9'& (DUWK *URXQG
3RZHU &RQQHFWLRQV IRU /&'V
)LJXUH $ 3RZHU &RQQHFWLRQV IRU /&' $&6 7\SH $QQXQFLDWRUV
Figure A-4 shows typical power connections for LCD-80s:
036 7% 7% ²
)LJXUH $ 3RZHU &RQQHFWLRQV IRU /&'V
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
A-15
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSHQGL[ $ $QQXQFLDWRUV
Connecting Annunciators
&RQQHFWLRQ *XLGHOLQHV
$&6 DQG /'0 6HULHV (,$ &RQQHFWLRQV
$&6DQG/'06HULHV(,$&RQQHFWLRQ
When operating an ACS series annunciator, including the LDM-32), connect the annunciator to TB4 on the CPU using an EIA-485 circuit as shown in Figure A-5.
· The circuit is power-limited and supervised.
· You can connect up to 32 devices (such as ACMs, LDMs, and AFMs) to the control panel using ten unique addresses. Only one device per address can answer back.
· Maximum distance between the control panel and the furthest annunciator: 6,000 feet (@16 AWG).
· Use twisted-pair cable with a characteristic impedance of approximately 120 ohms.
· An EIA-485 circuit is rated 5.5 VDC max., 60 mA max.
· Refer to the ACS Manual and the LDM Manual for additional information.
Connect ACS- and LDM- series devices to the CPU as shown in Figure A-5, making sure to install a 120 ohm terminating resistor on the last annunciator in the series.
RKP WHUPLQDWLQJ UHVLVWRU 5
7%
² (,$ ,Q ² (,$ 2XW (,$ 2XW (,$ ,Q
7% ² (,$ ,Q ² (,$ 2XW (,$ 2XW (,$ ,Q
&38
)LJXUH $ $&6 DQG /'0 6HULHV (,$ &RQQHFWLRQ
A-16
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Connecting Annunciators
1RWHV
$SSHQGL[ $ $QQXQFLDWRUV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
A-17
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
A-18
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
$SSHQGL[%:LUH5HTXLUHPHQWV
1RWH ,I UXQQLQJ DQ 6/& /RRS LQ FRQGXLW ZLWK 1RWLILFDWLRQ $SSOLDQFH &LUFXLWV \RX FDQ UHGXFH SUREOHPV E\ H[FOXVLYHO\ XVLQJ HOHFWURQLF VRXQGHUV VXFK DV WKH 0$66 6HULHV LQVWHDG RI PRUH HOHFWURQLFDOO\ QRLV\ QRWLILFDWLRQ DSSOLDQFHV VXFK DV HOHFWURPHFKDQLFDO EHOOV RU KRUQV
Each type of circuit within the Fire Alarm Control System requires use of a specific wire type to ensure proper circuit operation. The wire gauge of a particular circuit depends on the length of that circuit. Use Table B-1 to determine the specific wiring requirements for each circuit.
Compliance with the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and Canadian Department of Communication regulations on electrical energy radiation requires the following: Use twisted-pair shielded wire for any wiring entering or exiting the AFP-300/AFP-400 cabinet that is not enclosed in conduit.
Circuit Type
Circuit Function
SLC Loop (powerlimited
Connects to intelligent and addressable modules.
Wire Requirements
Distance (feet)
Twisted-shielded pair, 12 to 18 AWG. 40 ohms, maximum per length of Style 6 and 7 loops. 40 ohms per branch maximum for Style 4 loops.
Untwisted, unshielded wire, in conduit or outside of conduit.
10,000 8,000 4,875 3,225
1,000
Typical Wire Type
12 AWG Belden 9583 WPW 999 14 AWG Belden 9581 WPW 995 16 AWG Belden 9575 WPW 991 18 AWG Belden 9574 WPW 975
18-12 AWG
EIA-485 (powerlimited)
Connects to LCD-80 or to Annunciator Control System (ACS) modules
Twisted-shielded pair with a characteristic impedance of 120 ohms. 18 AWG minimum.
6,000 (max)
Belden 9860 (16 AWG)
EIA-232 (powerlimited)
Connects to PRN, P40 Remote Printers, CRT, or PC.
Twisted-shielded pair. 18 AWG minimum.
50 (without modem)
Belden 9860 (16 AWG)
MMX-1, MMX-101 (powerlimited)
Initiating Device Circuit (IDC)
12-18 AWG. Maximum circuit resistance is 20 ohms.
To meet 20 ohms
12-18 AWG
CMX (powerlimited)
Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC)
12-18 AWG. MPS-24A: At alarm current level, no more than a 1.2 V drop at the end of the circuit, or sized to provide the minimum rated operating voltage of the appliances used.
To meet 1.2 V drop, or sized to provide the minimum rated operating voltage of the appliances used.
12-18 AWG
24 VDC Power Runs (powerlimited)
To annunciators and CMX
12-18 AWG. Size wire so that no more than 1.2 V drop across wire run from supply source to end of any branch.
To meet 1.2 volt drop
12-18 AWG
NR45-24
Remote Secondary Power Source
12 AWG in conduit.
20 (max)
12 AWG
7DEOH % $)3$)3 :LULQJ 5HTXLUHPHQWV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
B-1
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
1RWHV
B-2
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
$SSHQGL[&&RPSDWLEOH(TXLSPHQW
This document lists Notifier and System Sensor equipment that is compatible with the control panel. Also, refer to the Device Compatibility Document, 15378 for compatible equipment.
1RWLILHU&RPSDWLEOH(TXLSPHQW
4XTM Transmitter Module AA-30 30-Watt Audio Amplifier AA-100 100-Watt Audio Amplifier AA-120 120-Watt Audio Amplifier ABF-1 Annunciator Flush Box ABF-1D Annunciator Flush Box with Door ABF-2 Annunciator Flush Box ABF-2D Annunciator Flush Box with Door ABF-4 Annunciator Flush Box ABF-4D Annunciator Flush Box with Door ABM-16AT Annunciator Blank Module ABM-32A Annunciator Module Blank ABS-1T Annunciator Surface Box ABS-2 Annunciator Surface Box ABS-8R Annunciator Backbox for ACM-8R ACM-16AT Annunciator Control Module ACM-32A Annunciator Control Module ACM-8R Annunciator Control Module ACT-1 Audio Coupling Transformer ADP-4 Annunciator Dress Panel AEM-16AT Annunciator Expander Module AEM-32A Annunciator Expander Module AFM-16A Annunciator Fixed Module AFM-16AT Annunciator Fixed Module AFM-32A Annunciator Fixed Module AKS-1 Annunciator Key Switch AM2020/AFP1010 Fire Alarm Control Panel AMG-1 Audio Message Generator AMG-E Audio Message Generator ARM-4 Auxiliary Relay Module ATG-2 Audio Tone Generator AVPS-24 Audio/Visual Power Supply BB-55 Battery Box BGX-101L Addressable Manual Pull Station BM-1 Blank Module BP-3 Battery Dress Panel BX-501 Base for all Intelligent Detectors/ Sensors CAB-400AA AA-size cabinet CCM-1 Communication Converter Module CHS-4L Chassis CHS-4M Chassis CMX-1 Addressable Control Module CMX-2 Addressable Control Module CPU-300 CPU for AFP-300 CPU-400 CPU for AFP-400 CPX-551 Intelligent Ionization Smoke Detector CPX-751 Intelligent Ionization Smoke Detector CRE-4 Control Relay Expander
CRM-4 Control Relay Module CRT-2 Video Display Monitor with Keyboard DCM-4 Dual Channel Module DHX501/DHX502 Duct Detector DP-400AA Dress Panel for CAB-AA DP-1 Dress Panel DPDW-1 Double Well Dress Panel DPSW-1 Single Well Dress Panel DR-AA/DR-400AA AA-size Door DR-A3 A-size Door DR-B3 B-size Door DR-C3 C-size Door DR-D3 D-size Door FCPS-24 Field Charger Power Supply FDX-551 Intelligent Thermal Sensor FFT-7 Fire Fighters Telephone FFT-7S Fire Fighters Telephone FHS Fireman's Handset FPJ Fireman's Phone Jack FSK-2400 Modem ICE-4 Indicating Control Expander ICM-4 Indicating Control Module IPX-751 Advanced Multi-Sensor Intelligent Detector ISO-X Loop Fault Isolator Module L20-300-BX Enclosure; recessed mount L20-310-BX Enclosure; surface mount LCD-80 Liquid Crystal Display Module LCD-80TM Terminal Mode LCD Annunciator LDM-32 Lamp Driver Module LDM-E32 Lamp Driver Module LDM-R32 Lamp Driver Module LPX-751 View Low Profile Laser Detector MMX-1 Addressable Monitor Module MMX-2 Addressable Monitor Module MMX-101 Addressable Mini Monitor Module N-ARA-10 Agent Release Pull Station N-ELR Assortment ELR Pack with Mounting Plate NIB-96 Network Interface Board NR45-24 Notifier Remote Battery Charger P-40 Keltron Printer PRN-4 80-Column Printer PS-12120 Battery 12-volt, 12 amp-hour PS-12170 Battery 12-volt, 17 amp-hour PS-12250 Battery 12-volt, 25 amp-hour PS-12550 Battery 12-volt, 55 amp-hour R-120 120 Ohm End-of-Line Resistor R-2.2K 2.2K End-of-Line Resistor R-27K 27K End-of-Line Resistor R-470 470 End-of-Line Resistor R-47K 47K End-of-Line Resistor RA400 Remote Annunciator RA400Z Remote Annunciator with diode
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
C-1
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSHQGL[ & &RPSDWLEOH (TXLSPHQW
1RWLILHU&RPSDWLEOH(TXLSPHQW
RPJ-1 Fireman's Phone Jack RPT-485F EIA-485 Repeater (Fiber) RPT-485W EIA-485 Repeater (Wire) RPT-485WF EIA-485 Repeater (Wire/Fiber) SBB-A3 A-size Backbox SBB-B3 B-size Backbox SBB-C3 C-size Backbox SBB-D3 D-size Backbox SDX-551 Intelligent Photoelectric Detector SDX-551TH Intelligent Photoelectric Detector SDX-751 Intelligent Photoelectric Detector STS-1 Security Tamper Switch for CAB-3 Series
System Sensor Compatible Equipment A2143-00 End of Line Resistor Assembly
STS-200 Security Tamper Switch for CAB-400AA TR-500 Trim Ring for CAB-400AA UDACT Universal Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter UZC-256 Universal Zone Coder Veri·Fire Off-line Programming Kit VCE-4 Voice Control Expander VCM-4 Voice Control Module XPC-8 Transponder Control Module XPDP Transponder Dress Panel XPM-8 Transponder Monitor Module XPM-8L Transponder Monitor Module XPP-1 Transponder Processor XPR-8 Transponder Relay Module
C-2
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
$SSHQGL['&57&RQILJXUDWLRQ
2YHUYLHZ
The CRT-2 communicates with the control panel through a protocol defined by thirteen groups of parameters. To access a parameter group, press the corresponding function key (F1-F13) as shown in Table D-1. You can then program parameters in each group.
6HWWLQJ&573DUDPHWHUV
Enter the CRT-2 setup menu by pressing and holding the <Ctrl> key while pressing the <Scroll Lock> key. Use arrow keys to move through the selections in each setup group; press the space bar to view the options for each parameter. When finished programming all setup groups, press the <Pause> key. To save all changes, press <Y>.
Function Key F1: Quick F2:Genrl
F3: Displ
F4: Kybd F5: Keys F6: Ports
F7: Host F8: Print F9: Emul
F10 F11 F12: Prog
CRT-2 Parameters
Emulation=CRT-2 Comm Mode=Full Duplex Enhanced=On
EIA Baud Rate=2400 Aux Baud Rate=2400 Language=U.S.
EIA Data Format=8/1/N Aux Data Format=7/1/E Host/Printer=EIA/Aux
Emulation=CRT-2 Auto Font Load=On Monitor Mode=Off Host/Printer=EIA/Aux
Enhanced=On Auto Page=Off Bell Volume=09
Auto Wrap=Off Auto Scroll=On Warning Bell=On
Page Length=24 Display Cursor=On Columns=80 Scroll=Jump
Screen Length=26 Lines Cursor=Blink Line Width Change Clear=Off Refresh Rate=60 Hz
Screen Video=Normal Auto Adjust Cursor=On Speed=Normal Overscan Borders=Off
Language=U.S. Keyclick=Off Key Lock=Caps
Char Set Mode=ASCII Key Repeat=Off Keyboard Present=Yes
Key Mode=ASCII Margin Bell=Off
Enter Key=<CR> Alt Key=Meta Pound Key=U.S.
Return Key=<CR> Disconnect=Pause
Backspace=<BS>/<DEL> Desk Acc=Disabled
EIA Baud Rate=2400 Aux Baud Rate=2400 EIA Xmt=Xon-Xoff Aux Xmt=Xon-Xoff EIA Break=Off Aux Break=Off
EIA Data Format=8/1/N Aux Data Format=7/1/E EIA Recv=Xon-Xoff(XPC) Aux Recv=Xon-Xoff(XPC) EIA Modem Control=Off Aux Modem Control=Off
EIA Parity Check=On Aux Parity Check=On EIA Xmt Pace=Baud Aux Xmt Pace=Baud EIA Disconnect=2 sec Aux Disconnect=2 sec
Comm Mode=Full Duplex Recv <DEL>=Ignore Send Block Term=<CR>
Local=Off Send ACK=On Null Suppress=On
Recv <CR>=<CR> Send Line Term=<CR><LF>
Prnt Line Term=<CR><LF>
Prnt Block Term=<CR>
Secondary Recv=Off
Attribute=Page WPRT Intensity=Dim WPRT Blink=Off Status Line=Off
Bright Video=Off WPRT Reverse=Off Display NV Labels=Off Fkey Speed=Normal
Page Edit=Off WPRT Underline=Off Save Labels=On
Setup Group F10 does not affect communications with the control panel.
Setup Group F11 does not affect communications with the control panel.
Program the function keys as follows: F1 ~A F2 ~B F3 ~C F4 ~D F5 ~E F6 ~F F7 ~G F8 ~H F9 ~I F10 ~J F11 ~K F12 ~L F13 ~M F14 ~N F15 ~O F16 ~P Shift F13 ~Q
7DEOH ' &57 )XQFWLRQ .H\V DQG 3DUDPHWHUV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
D-1
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSHQGL[ ' &57 &RQILJXUDWLRQ
1RWH )RU LQVWUXFWLRQV RQ XVLQJ 9HUL)LUH 8SORDG'RZQORDG VRIWZDUH UHIHU WR WKH 9HUL)LUH RQOLQH KHOS
8SORDGLQJRU'RZQORDGLQJWKH2SHUDWLQJ3URJUDP
You can also use the CPU EIA-232 port to upload and download the operating program of the control panel, using Veri·FireTM Upload/Download software. Download operations that change the basic program of the control panel must be performed by responsible service personnel in attendance at the control panel. After downloading a program, test the control panel in accordance with NFPA 72-1993.
D-2
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
$SSHQGL[(7HUPLQDO,QWHUIDFH3URWRFRO
*HQHUDO'HVFULSWLRQ
The control panel can communicate with a remote terminal or computer connected to the CPU EIA-232 port. (Refer to Section 2, Installation, for installation information.) Set up the EIA-232 port for interactive operation or for monitoring only. Interactive operation requires that all equipment be UL-listed under UL Standard for Safety UL864 and be installed and set up as directed under Local Terminal Mode (LocT) or Local Monitor Mode (LocM). EDP listed equipment is allowed for ancillary system monitoring when the system is installed and set up as directed under Remote Monitor Mode (RemT). You can also use EDP-listed equipment for system servicing or programming.
The EIA-232 ports on some terminals/computers, including the CRT-2, are not isolated from earth ground. These devices should be connected to the control panel through isolation modems, because direct connection can cause a ground fault.
2SHUDWLQJ0RGHV
The control panel provides three operating modes for the EIA-232 port, Local Terminal, Local Monitor, and Remote Monitor. You select the operating mode during control panel programming (system parameters). For more information, refer to the AFP-300/AFP-400 Programming Manual.
The following subsections outline the functions, password requirements, and additional information for each operating mode.
/RFDO7HUPLQDO0RGH/RF7
Functions, passwords, and special requirements of Local Terminal Mode (LocT) are:
Functions: Passwords: Requirements:
Read Status, Alter Status, and Control Functions (Table E-1).
User-defined password for Alter Status functions.
The terminal must be mounted in a UL-864 listed enclosure, a Notifier Rack-51, Rack-67, or positioned to provide equivalent protection against unauthorized use.
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
E-1
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSHQGL[ ( 7HUPLQDO ,QWHUIDFH 3URWRFRO
Operating Modes
Table E-1 summarizes the functions available with the Local Terminal mode:
Function Read Status
Alter Status
Control Functions
Lets you...
· Display the status of an individual point (Detector, Module, Panel Circuit, or Zone).
· Display a list of all the points in Alarm or trouble. · Display a list of all programmed points in the system. · Step through the history buffer event by event. · Display the entire history buffer.
· Disable/Enable an individual point. · Change the sensitivity of a detector. · Clear the verification counter of all detectors. · Clear the entire history buffer. · Set the AWACS alert and action levels.
· Acknowledge. · Alarm Silence. · System Reset. · Alarm Activate.
/RFDO 0RQLWRU 0RGH /RF0
7DEOH ( /RF7 )XQFWLRQV
Functions, passwords, and special requirements of Local Monitor Mode (LocM) are:
Functions: Passwords: Requirements:
Read Status, Alter Status, and Control Functions (Table E-2).
User-defined password for Alter Status and Control functions.
Password security feature for Control Functions eliminates the need for mounting the CRT-2 in an enclosure.
Table E-3 summarizes the functions available with the Local Monitor mode:
Function Read Status
Alter Status
Control Functions
Lets you...
· Display the status of an individual point (Detector, Module, Panel Circuit, or Zone).
· Display a list of all the points in Alarm or trouble. · Display a list of all programmed points in the system. · Step through the history buffer event by event. · Display the entire history buffer.
· Disable/Enable an individual point. · Change the sensitivity of a detector. · Clear the verification counter of all detectors. · Clear the entire history buffer. · Set the AWACS alert and action levels.
· Acknowledge · Alarm Silence · System Reset · Alarm Activate
7DEOH ( /RF0 )XQFWLRQV
E-2
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Operating Modes
$SSHQGL[ ( 7HUPLQDO ,QWHUIDFH 3URWRFRO
5HPRWH 7HUPLQDO 0RGH 5HP7
Functions, passwords, and special requirements of Remote Terminal Mode (RemT) are:
Functions: Passwords: Requirements:
Read Status only. See Table E-3.
None
Use with UL EDP-listed terminals, including personal computers with Veri·FireTM Upload/Download software or terminal emulation software. Intended for terminals connected through modems, including FSK modems connected through a public switched telephone network.
Table E-3 summarizes the functions available with the RemT mode:
Functions Read Status
Alter Status Control Functions
Lets you...
· Display the status of an individual point (Detector, Module, Panel Circuit, or Zone).
· Display a list of all the points in Alarm or trouble. · Display a list of all programmed points in the system. · Step through the history buffer event by event. · Display the entire history buffer.
N/A
N/A
7DEOH ( 5HP7 )XQFWLRQV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
E-3
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSHQGL[ ( 7HUPLQDO ,QWHUIDFH 3URWRFRO
Using the CRT-2 for Read Status
8VLQJWKH&57IRU5HDG6WDWXV
2YHUYLHZ
This section shows how to do Read Status functions from a CRT-2.
Press
!
Function Read Point Alm/Tbl Status Read All Points
History Step History-All
Lets you...
Read the status of any point in the system (detectors, modules, panel circuits, software zones, and system parameters).
Display a list of all devices in the system that are in Alarm or trouble.
Display a list of all points programmed in the system. This list will display the status of all addressable detectors, modules, panel circuits, system parameters and software zones.
Step through the history buffer one event at a time.
Send the entire history buffer to the CRT, from the most recent event to the oldest event.
7DEOH ( 5HDG 6WDWXV )XQFWLRQV
$FFHVVLQJ5HDG6WDWXV2SWLRQV
Access the Read Status function from the CRT-2 by following these steps. 1. Turn on the CRT-2, which is connected to the control panel. 2. Press the Read Status function key F1. The control panel displays the Read Status
menu options:
5G 3RLQW 5G $OP7EO $OO 3RLQWV +LVW6WHS $OO $OD+LVW6WHS $O
From the Read Status menu, you can select options 1-5.
E-4
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Using the CRT-2 for Read Status
$SSHQGL[ ( 7HUPLQDO ,QWHUIDFH 3URWRFRO
Press
1W
5HDG3RLQW
From the Read Status menu, select option 1. The CRT-2 displays the following:
$GGUHVV 6/& QXPEHU
1XPEHU
7\SH 'QQQ 0QQQ 3QQ =QQ IQQ 5Q RU 6Q WKHQ KLW (QWHU
1RWH
% 3UHVV
WR VFUROO IRUZDUG
WKURXJK D OLVW RI GHYLFHV
^ 3UHVV
WR VFUROO EDFN
WKURXJK D OLVW RI GHYLFHV
Press
d101
W G
Enter the following: 1. Enter the first letter of the device. 2. · Detector
· Module · Panel circuit · Zone · Special Function · Releasing Zone; or · System Parameter. 3. Enter the address or number of the device. 4. Press <Enter>. ([DPSOH Read the point for detector 101:
1250$/ 602.(3+272 '(7(&725 $''5 = = = = = $ 3$
'
1250$/ 602.(,21 '(7(&725 $''5 = = = = = $ 3$
'
Press
2W
'LVSOD\'HYLFHVLQ$ODUPRU7URXEOH
From the Read Status menu, select Read All Points, option 2:
7528%/ 602.(3+272 '(7(&725 $''5 = ,19$/,' 5(3/< 3 ' 7528%/ 602.(,21 '(7(&725 $''5 = ,19$/,' 5(3/< 3 ' 7528%/ 602.( 021,725 02'8/( $''5 = ,19$/,' 5(3/< 3 0
Press
3W
'LVSOD\WKH6WDWXVRIDOO3URJUDPPHG3RLQWV
From the Read Status menu, select Read All Points, option 3. The CRT-2 displays a list of the status of all addressable detectors, modules, panel circuits, system parameters and software zones:
1250$/ 602.(3+272 '(7(&725 $''5 = = = = = $ 3$
'
1250$/ 602.(,21 '(7(&725 $''5 = = = = = $ 3$
'
1250$/ +($7$1$/2* '(7(&725 $''5 = = = = = $ 3$
'
2)) &21752/
02'8/( $''5(66 = = = = =
,6
0
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
E-5
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSHQGL[ ( 7HUPLQDO ,QWHUIDFH 3URWRFRO
Using the CRT-2 for Read Status
9LHZWKH+LVWRU\%XIIHU
From the Read Status menu, select History-Step, option 4. This option lets you step through the history buffer one event at a time:
Press
4W
7KH ILUVW OLQH WKDW DSSHDUV GLVSOD\V WKH QXPEHU RI HYHQWV LQ WKH KLVWRU\ EXIIHU
(9(17 +LVWRU\ 6WDUW
(YHQWV LQ +,67
1RWH
% 3UHVV
WR VFUROO IRUZDUG
WKURXJK WKH KLVWRU\ EXIIHU
^ 3UHVV
WR VFUROO EDFN
WKURXJK WKH KLVWRU\ EXIIHU
Press
5W
Step through the history buffer one event at a time by pressing the Next (F5) or Prior (F6) function keys.
6HQGWKH+LVWRU\%XIIHUWRWKH&57
From the Read Status menu, select History-All, option 5. This option sends the entire history buffer to the CRT-2, from most recent event to oldest event:
0RVW UHFHQW HYHQW
6HPLFRORQ
(9(17 +,6725<
$// 6<67(06 1250$/ 3 7XH
6<67(0 5(6(7
3 7XH
$/$50 6,/(1&('
3 7XH
$&.12:/('*(
3 7XH
$/$50 38// 67$7,21 02'8/( $''5(66 =RQH
3 0
35,17 (1'
The semicolon, a control character in networking applications, separates the hour and minute of events displayed from history. If events display as they occur, a colon separates the hour and minute.
E-6
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Using the CRT-2 for Alter Status
$SSHQGL[ ( 7HUPLQDO ,QWHUIDFH 3URWRFRO
8VLQJWKH&57IRU$OWHU6WDWXV
2YHUYLHZ
This section shows how to do Alter Status functions, Table E-5, from a CRT-2.
Function Disable Alarm/Pre-alarm
Clear Verification Clear History Set Action/Alert
Lets you...
Enable or disable detectors, modules, or panel circuits. Change the Alarm and pre-Alarm levels of any addressable detector in the system. Clear the verification counter for all the addressable detectors in the system. Clear the contents of the history buffer. Set the pre-Alarm for the Alert or Action.
Press
C
7DEOH ( $OWHU 6WDWXV )XQFWLRQV
$FFHVVLQJ$OWHU6WDWXV2SWLRQV
Access the Alter Status function from the CRT-2 by following these steps. 1. Turn on the CRT-2 connected to the control panel. 2. Press the Alter Status function key. The control panel displays the Alter Status
menu options:
(QWHU 6WDWXV &KDQJH 3DVVZRUG RU (VFDSH WR $ERUW
Press
11111
3. Enter the Status Change Password. The factory default Status Change Password is 11111. The password does not display on the CRT-2. Five asterisks will appear in place of the password:
The Alter Status Options menu appears:
'LVDEOH $ODUP3UHDODUP &OHDU 9HULILFDWLRQ &OHDU +LVWRU\ $OHUW$FWLRQ
From the Alter Status Options menu, you can select options 1-5.
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
E-7
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSHQGL[ ( 7HUPLQDO ,QWHUIDFH 3URWRFRO
Using the CRT-2 for Alter Status
Press
C
(QDEOHRU'LVDEOH'HWHFWRUV0RGXOHVRU3DQHO&LUFXLWV
From the Alter Status menu, select Disable, option 1. Disable lets you enable or disable detectors, modules, panel circuits, or zones:
$GGUHVV 6/& QXPEHU
1XPEHU
'LVDEOH(QDEOH 7\SH 'QQQ 0QQQ 3QQ =QQ WKHQ (QWHU
67$786 &+$1*(
'LV(QD SRLQW
$ :HG
Press
d101 W
Press
d eRU W
Enter the following: 1. Enter the first letter to read one of the following:
· Detector · Module · Panel Circuit · Zone 2. Enter the address or number of the device. 3. Press <Enter> and a display similar to the following will appear. ([DPSOH Disable Detector address 01 on SLC1:
' 1RZ (QDEOHG (QWHU ((QDEOH ''LVDEOH RU (VF WR $ERUW
4. Press <E> to Enable or press <D> to Disable; then press <Enter>:
'HYLFH QRZ GLVDEOHG 7528%/ 602.(3+272 '(7(&725 $''5 = '(9,&( ',6$%/(' $ :HG '
E-8
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Using the CRT-2 for Alter Status
$SSHQGL[ ( 7HUPLQDO ,QWHUIDFH 3URWRFRO
Press
2W
&KDQJH$ODUPDQG3UH$ODUPOHYHOV
This option lets you change the Alarm and Pre-Alarm levels of any addressable detector in the system. To do so, follow these steps.
1. From the Alter Status menu, select option 2, Alarm/Pre-Alarm:
'HW $ODUP3UHDODUP OHYHO W\SH DGGUHVV 'QQQ WKHQ (QWHU
67$786 &+$1*( $ODUP3UHDODUP OHYHO
$ :HG
Press
d102 W
Press
3W
2. Enter the address of the detector you wish to change. For example, change alarm and Pre-Alarm levels for detector 102:
67$786 &+$1*( $ODUP3UHDODUP OHYHO
$ :HG
' VHQV DW OHYHO 3UHDODUP DW OHYHO (QWHU $[3[ WR FKDQJH (VF WR $ERUW
' QRZ VHW DW QHZ $ODUP OHYHO DQG QHZ 3UHDODUP OHYHO
&OHDUWKH9HULILFDWLRQ&RXQWHU
Clear Verification lets you clear the verification counter for all the addressable detectors in the system:
67$786 &+$1*( &OHDU YHULI\ FRXQW
$ :HG
Press
4W
Press
5W
&OHDUWKH(QWLUH+LVWRU\%XIIHU
Clear History lets you clear the entire history buffer:
+LVWRU\ &OHDU
6HWWKH3UH$ODUPIRU$OHUWRU$FWLRQ
Set Action/Alert lets you set the Pre-Alarm for Alert or Action. For example, Change Pre-Alarm from "Alert" to "Action" as follows:
6HW 3UHDODUP $OHUW12 $FWLRQ<(6 7\SH 1 RU < WKHQ (QWHU
67$786 &+$1*( &KDQJH $OHUW$FWLRQ
$ :HG
Press
yW
3UHDODUP QRZ VHW IRU $&7,21
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
E-9
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
1RWHV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
E-10
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSHQGL[)8/3RZHUOLPLWHG:LULQJ5HTXLUHPHQWV
2YHUYLHZ
Power-limited and nonpower-limited circuit wiring must remain separated in the cabinet. All power-limited circuit wiring must remain at least 0.25 inches from any nonpower-limited circuit wiring. All power-limited and nonpower-limited circuit wiring must enter and exit the cabinet through different knockout and or conduits.
3RZHUOLPLWHG0RGXOHVDQG&LUFXLWV
1RWH $OO QRQSRZHUOLPLWHG FLUFXLWV FRQQHFWHG WR $&05 $50 &50 &5( DQG /'05 PRGXOHV PXVW EH LGHQWLILHG LQ WKH VSDFH SURYLGHG RQ WKH FDELQHW GRRU ODEHO
Table F-1 lists all power-limited modules and circuits compatible with the control panel:
Power-limited Components
Include the following...
Modules with power-limited circuits
Modules with nonpower-limited circuits
ACM-16AT AEM-16AT ACM-32A AEM-32A AFM-16A AFM-16AT AFM-32A ACT-1 AMG-1 AMG-E
AA-30 AA-100 AA-120 AVPS-24 MPS-400
AMG-2 CPU-300 CPU-400 DCM-4 FFT-7 FFT-7S ICM-4 ICE-4 LCD-80 LCD-80TM
AC and battery circuits are nonpower-limited
LDM-32 LDM-E32 NIB-96 RPT-485 UDACT UZC-256 VCE-4 VCM-4
4XTM
Circuits (dry contacts) on these modules when connected to power-limited sources
ACM-8R ARM-4 CRM-4 CRE-4 LDM-R32
Municipal Box circuit is nonpower-limited
7DEOH ) 3RZHUOLPLWHG &RPSRQHQWV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
F-1
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSHQGL[ ) 8/ 3RZHUOLPLWHG :LULQJ 5HTXLUHPHQWV
Power-limited Modules and Circuits
8/3RZHUOLPLWHG:LULQJ5HTXLUHPHQWV
Figure F-1 shows a typical wiring diagram for the control panel. The first two rows show rows of modules configured with at least a 0.25 inch separation between power-limited and nonpower-limited wiring.
3RZHUOLPLWHG &LUFXLWV
1RQSRZHUOLPLWHG &LUFXLWV
1RQSRZHUOLPLWHG &LUFXLWV
)LJXUH ) 7\SLFDO :LULQJ IRU 8/ 3RZHUOLPLWHG :LULQJ 5HTXLUHPHQWV
F-2
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Power-limited Modules and Circuits
$SSHQGL[ ) 8/ 3RZHUOLPLWHG :LULQJ 5HTXLUHPHQWV
3RZHU6XSSO\:LULQJ
AC and battery wiring are not power-limited. Maintain at least 0.25 inches between power-limited and nonpower-limited circuit wiring. Install tie wraps and adhesive squares to secure the wiring. Figure F-2 shows a typical wiring diagram for a power supply:
+DUQHVV WR WKH &38
$GKHVLYH VTXDUH DQG WLH ZUDSV IRU VHFXULQJ SRZHUOLPLWHG ZLULQJ
$GKHVLYH VTXDUH DQG WLH ZUDSV IRU VHFXULQJ QRQSRZHUOLPLWHG ZLULQJ
)LJXUH ) 7\SLFDO 3RZHU DQG 1RQSRZHUOLPLWHG :LULQJ IRU 3RZHU 6XSSOLHV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
F-3
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
1RWHV
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
F-4
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSHQGL[*3RZHU6XSSO\&DOFXODWLRQV
2YHUYLHZ
Follow these guidelines when wiring the AC branch circuit current:
· The control panel requires connection to a separate dedicated AC fire alarm circuit, which must be labeled "Fire Alarm."
· The AC power circuit must connect to the line side of the main power feed of the protected premises.
· Do not power other equipment from the AC fire alarm circuit.
· The AC power circuit wiring must run continuously, without any disconnect devices, from the AC power source to the control panel.
· Overcurrent protection for this circuit must comply with Article 760 of the National Electrical Code as well as local codes.
· Use 12 AWG wire with 600-volt insulation for the AC power circuit.
&DOFXODWLQJ$&%UDQFK&LUFXLW&XUUHQW
Use Table G-1 to determine the total amount of current, in AC amperes, that a 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz service must be able to supply to the fire alarm system. Devices rated for 240 VAC operation will draw one-half the current listed in Table G-2.
Device Type
No. of Devices
036
>@
;
$936
>
@
;
$$
>
@
;
$$
>
@
;
5HPRWH %DWWHU\ &KDUJHU
15
;
6XP FROXPQ IRU $& %UDQFK &XUUHQW UHTXLUHG DPSV
Current (amps)
Total Current
7DEOH * 9$& )LUH $ODUP &LUFXLW
&DOFXODWLQJWKH6\VWHP&XUUHQW'UDZV
The MPS-400 must be able to power all internal system devices (and several external types of devices) continuously during non-fire alarm conditions. Use column 1 in Table G-2 to calculate the Non-Fire Alarm Load on the MPS-400 regulator when applying primary power. The MPS-400 must provide a finite amount of additional current during a fire alarm condition. Use column 2 in Table G-2 to calculate the additional current needed during fire alarms. The requirements for non-fire alarm and fire alarm current loads cannot exceed the capabilities of the MPS-400 listed below:
· 3 A at 24 VDC during Standby; and
· 6 A at 24 VDC during Alarm.
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
G-1
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSHQGL[ * 3RZHU 6XSSO\ &DOFXODWLRQV
Calculating the System Current Draws
1RWH 7DEOH * FRQWDLQV WKH IROORZLQJ FROXPQV
1RWH 1R PRUH WKDQ $ RI FXUUHQW FDQ EH GUDZQ IURP WKH 036 GXULQJ DQ DODUP FRQGLWLRQ
+RZWR8VH7DEOH*
Throughout these current calculation tables, "Primary" refers to the FACP primary source of AC power. "Secondary" refers to the FACP backup batteries (or any other 24 VDC power supply listed for Fire Protective Signaling and connected in place of the batteries).
The Primary Power Source Non-Alarm Current and Alarm Current columns of Table G-2 are AC current calculations. These calculations confirm that the MPS-400 can supply enough current to support the system during Primary Non-Fire Alarm and Fire Alarm conditions.
&ROXPQ 3ULPDU\ 1RQ)LUH $ODUP &XUUHQW LQ DPSV Sum column 1 of Table G2 to get the current drawn from the MPS-400 during a non-alarm condition, with AC power applied. This current draw cannot exceed 3 A.
&ROXPQ 3ULPDU\ )LUH $ODUP &XUUHQW LQ DPSV Calculation column 2 of Table G-2 lets the system designer determine the current load that the MPS-400 must support during a fire alarm. The total current drawn from the MPS-400 during a fire alarm cannot exceed 6 A.
Typically, a system should contain capacity to activate all output circuits and relays, and support fire alarms on no less than 10% of Initiating Device Circuits, subject to the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).
· If using four-wire detectors In Table G-2, the primary fire alarm current for four-wire smoke detectors equals the manufacturer's rated fire alarm current minus the manufacturer's rated non-fire alarm current.
· If using notification appliances The MPS-400 provides power for Notification Appliance Circuits. Refer to the Device Compatibility Document for 24 VDC notification appliances that are UL-listed for fire alarm systems.
&ROXPQ >6HFRQGDU\ %DWWHU\ 1RQ$ODUP &XUUHQW@ Column 3 of Table G-2 lets the system designer calculate the secondary non-fire alarm current. (Non-fire equals the current drawn from the secondary source in a non-fire alarm condition during AC power loss.) The non-fire alarm current is required to complete the standby battery calculations. After summing all current draws, insert the total in Table G-3.
G-2
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Calculating the System Current Draws
$SSHQGL[ * 3RZHU 6XSSO\ &DOFXODWLRQV
&DWHJRU\
%DVLF 6\VWHP &38 036 $936 ,&0 &50 ,&( &5( '&0 9&( 9&0 $)0$7 $)0$ $&0$7 $&0$ $(0$7 $(0$ $)0$ /&' /&'70 $&05 UHIHU WR 'RF /'0 UHIHU WR 'RF 8=& 1,% $0* $0*( $7* ))7 ))76 $$ $$ $$ 7ZR:LUH 6PRNH 'HWHFWRUV UHIHU WR WKH 'HYLFH &RPSDWLELOLW\ 'RFXPHQW IRU FXUUHQW GUDZV
537: 537:) 537) 537: 537:) 6'; &3; )'; 6';7+ 6'; 00; 00; &0; %*;/ 00; 1RWH %%+ %%+ +RUQ LQ EDVH '+; '+; ,62; /3; VWDQGDUG EDVH /3; ZLWK %5%%%, ,3; VWDQGDUG EDVH ,3; ZLWK %5% ,3; ZLWK %%, 8'$&7 &RPPXQLFDWRU 1RWLILFDWLRQ $SSOLDQFH SRZHUHG IURP 036 1RWH )RXU:LUH 6PRNH 'HWHFWRUV 1RWH 3RZHU 6XSHUYLVLRQ 5HOD\ $% 2WKHU GHYLFHV GUDZLQJ SRZHU IURP 036 7% H[FOXGLQJ VPRNH GHWHFWRUV 1RWH 5HPRWH 6WDWLRQ &LUFXLWV 6XP HDFK FROXPQ IRU WRWDOV
&DOFXODWLRQ &ROXPQ 3ULPDU\ 1RQ)LUH $ODUP &XUUHQW DPSV
4W\ ; >FXUUHQW GUDZ@
[ >@
7RWDO
&DOFXODWLRQ &ROXPQ 3ULPDU\ )LUH $ODUP &XUUHQW DPSV
4W\ ; >FXUUHQW GUDZ@
[ >@
> @ [ >@ > @ [ >@
1$ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [> @ > @ [> @ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@
> @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [> @ > @ [> @ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@
> @ [> @ > @ [> @ > @ [> @ > @ [> @ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ;> @ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ [ >@
> @ [> @ > @ [> @ > @ [ >@ > @ [> @ > @ [> @ > @ [ >@ 3ULPDU\ QRQDODUP
> @ [> @ > @ [> @ > @ [> @ > @ [> @ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ;> @ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [> @ > @ [> @ > @ [> @ > @ [> @ > @ [ >@
> @ [> @ > @ [> @
> @ [ >@ 3ULPDU\ DODUP
7RWDO
&DOFXODWLRQ &ROXPQ 6HFRQGDU\ 1RQ)LUH $ODUP &XUUHQW DPSV
4W\ ; >FXUUHQW GUDZ@ 7RWDO
[ > @
> @ [ >@
> @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ 1$ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@
> @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [> @ > @ [> @ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@
> @ [ >@ > @ [ >@
> @ [ >@ > @ [ >@
> @ [> @ > @ [> @ > @ [> @ > @ [> @
> @ [ >@ > @ [ >@ > @ [ >@
> @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ;> @ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@ > @ ; >@
> @ [ >@
> @ [> @ > @ [> @ > @ [ >@
> @ [> @ > @ [> @
> @ [ >@ 6HFRQGDU\ DODUP
7DEOH * 6\VWHP 'UDZ &XUUHQW &DOFXODWLRQV
1RWH 7KH IROORZLQJ QRWHV DSSO\ WR 7DEOH *
)RU WKH 036 HQWHU WKH WRWDO QRWLILFDWLRQ DSSOLDQFH GUDZ IURP WKH 036 H[FOXGLQJ WKH FXUUHQW IURP $936 VXSSOLHV
7KH WRWDO UHJXODWHG ORDG FXUUHQW VXSSOLHG WR IRXUZLUH VPRNH GHWHFWRU DQG SRZHU VXSHUYLVLRQ UHOD\V FDQQRW H[FHHG $
7% RQ WKH 036 7% FRQWDLQV WKUHH SRZHU RXWSXWV DQG WKH ORDG RQ D SRZHU RXWSXW FDQQRW H[FHHG $
7KH WRWDO 036 ORDG FDQQRW H[FHHG $ LQ DODUP DQG $ LQ VWDQGE\ DODUP FXUUHQW
5HIHU WR 'RFXPHQW 0 DQG WKH 'HYLFH &RPSDWLELOLW\ 'RFXPHQW
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
G-3
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
$SSHQGL[ * 3RZHU 6XSSO\ &DOFXODWLRQV
Calculating the System Current Draws
&DOFXODWLQJWKH0D[LPXP6HFRQGDU\3RZHU)LUH$ODUP&XUUHQW 'UDZ
Use Table G-3 to determine the maximum current requirements of secondary power source during fire alarm conditions. The result obtained from Table G-3 is the amount of current that the batteries must be able to supply to the fire alarm system. Use the result in Table G-4 to determine the size of the batteries needed for the fire alarm system.
1RWH 7KH 6HFRQGDU\ )LUH $ODUP /RDG FDQQRW H[FHHG WKH IROORZLQJ $ ZLWK 36
EDWWHULHV DQG $ ZLWK 36
RU 36 EDWWHULHV
Results taken from Table G-3 assume that, while in a fire alarm condition, batteries must feed the main power supply (and any additional supplies such as the AVPS-24 and AA-30) with the maximum rated power each supply can provide.
On a system with a power supply having a small load, you can calculate the exact alarm current requirements of the secondary supply. To do so, add the secondary Non-Fire Alarm Load (from Table G-2) to the total fire alarm current draw of all notification appliances in the system. Use this value in Table G-4.
Device
No. in Alarm (Simultaneously)
Multiply by
Current (in amps)
Total Current/Type
MPS-400 AVPS-24 AA-30 AA-120
1
X
6
6
[ ]
X
3
[ ]
X
3
[ ]
X
7.3
Sum Column for Secondary Fire Alarm Load =
7DEOH * 0D[LPXP 6HFRQGDU\ 3RZHU )LUH $ODUP &XUUHQW 'UDZ
G-4
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Calculating the Battery Requirements
$SSHQGL[ * 3RZHU 6XSSO\ &DOFXODWLRQV
&DOFXODWLQJWKH%DWWHU\5HTXLUHPHQWV
&DOFXODWLQJWKH%DWWHU\&DSDFLW\
Use Table G-4 to determine the battery capacity needed for the system:
Secondary Non-Fire Alarm (current from column 3 in Table G-2)
X Required Secondary Non-Fire Alarm = Standby Time (24 or 60 hours)
Secondary Fire Alarm
X Required Fire Alarm Standby Time
=
Load (from column 1 in
(for 5 minutes, enter 0.084; for
Table G-2)
15 minutes, enter 0.25)
Sum Column for Total Secondary Amp Hours calculated =
Multiply by the derating factor x 1.2 =
Battery Size Total Secondary Amp Hours Required
Non-Fire Alarm Secondary Amp Hours Secondary Fire Alarm Amp Hour Requirement
AH
7DEOH * 6HFRQGDU\ 3RZHU 6WDQGE\ DQG )LUH $ODUP /RDG
The following notes apply to Table G-4:
1. NFPA 72 Local, Proprietary, and Central Station systems requires 24 hours of standby power followed by 5 minutes in alarm.
2. NFPA 72 Auxiliary and Remote Station Systems require 60 hours of standby power followed by 5 minutes in alarm.
3. Batteries installed in a system powered by an automatic starting engine generator need to provide at least 4 hours of standby power.
4. Factory Mutual requires 90 hours of standby for deluge-preaction systems.
5. Emergency voice/alarm communications systems require 2 hours of operation in the alarm condition. Due to the sporadic nature of voice operation, however, NFPA 72 permits 15 minutes of operation at a maximum connected load to equal 2 hours of normal use.
6. If the total exceeds 25 AH, the system requires a separate BB-55 battery enclosure for two PS-12550, 55 AH batteries. If the total exceeds 55 AH, an Uninterruptable Power Supply with sufficient amp-hour capacity is needed. The Uninterruptable Power Supply must be UL-listed for Fire-Protective Signaling.
&DOFXODWLQJWKH%DWWHU\6L]H
Use Table G-5 to sum the standby and alarm loads which determine the battery size, in amp-hours, needed to support the fire alarm system. Select batteries that meet or exceed the Total Amp-Hours calculated and that are within the acceptable battery charger range (12-55 AH). Write the amp-hours requirements on the Protected Premises label.
Battery Size
12 AH 25 AH 55 AH
Voltage Rating
12 volts 12 volts 12 volts
Number Required
two two two
Part Number
PS-12120 PS-12250 PS-12550
Cabinet Size
CAB-A3, B3, C3, D3 CAB-A3, B3, C3, D3 BB-55
7DEOH * 6HOHFWLQJ WKH %DWWHU\ 6L]H
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
G-5
www.PDF-Zoo.com
firealarmresources.com
1RWHV
G-6
www.PDF-Zoo.com
AFP-300/AFP-400 Installation PN 50253:C1 05/22/97
firealarmresources.com
Limited Warranty
NOTIFIER® warrants its products to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for eighteen (18) months from the date of manufacture, under normal use and service. Products are date stamped at time of manufacture. The sole and exclusive obligation of NOTIFIER® is to repair or replace, at its option, free of charge for parts and labor, any part which is defective in materials or workmanship under normal use and service. For products not under NOTIFIER® manufacturing date-stamp control, the warranty is eighteen (18) months from date of original purchase by NOTIFIER®'s distributor unless the installation instructions or catalog sets forth a shorter period, in which case the shorter period shall apply. This warranty is void if the product is altered, repaired or serviced by anyone other than NOTIFIER® or its authorized distributors or if there is a failure to maintain the products and systems in which they operate in a proper and workable manner. In case of defect, secure a Return Material Authorization form from our customer service department. Return product, transportation prepaid, to NOTIFIER®, One Fire-Lite Place, Northford, Connecticut 06472-1653.
This writing constitutes the only warranty made by NOTIFIER® with respect to its products. NOTIFIER® does not represent that its products will prevent any loss by fire or otherwise, or that its products will in all cases provide the protection for which they are installed or intended. Buyer acknowledges that NOTIFIER® is not an insurer and assumes no risk for loss or damages or the cost of any inconvenience, transportation, damage, misuse, abuse, accident or similar incident.
N OT I F I E R® GIVES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR OTHERWISE WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NOTIFIER® BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS OF OR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY, DIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF, OR INABILITY TO USE NOTIFIER® PRODUCTS. FURTHERMORE, NOTIFIER® SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH WHICH MAY ARISE IN THE COURSE OF, OR AS A RESULT OF, PERSONAL, COMMERCIAL OR INDUSTRIAL USE OF ITS PRODUCTS.
This warranty replaces all previous warranties and is the only warranty made by NOTIFIER®. No increase or alteration, written or verbal, of the obligation of this warranty is authorized.
"NOTIFIER" is a registered trademark.
Technical Publishing
www.PDF-Zoo.com
One Fire-Lite Place, Northford, CT 06472 Phone: (203) 484-7161 FAX: (203) 484-7118
firealarmresources.com
Document WARNBG-E.P65 11/08/98